summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--32489-0.txt1815
-rw-r--r--32489-0.zipbin0 -> 32306 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-8.txt1815
-rw-r--r--32489-8.zipbin0 -> 32278 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h.zipbin0 -> 529065 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/32489-h.htm2563
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/f003a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 14311 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/f004a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 2253 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/f008a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 77056 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p015a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 72594 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p023a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 51476 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p031a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 103761 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p039a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 35132 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p045a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 90819 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489-h/images/p053a-illus.jpgbin0 -> 44562 bytes
-rw-r--r--32489.txt1815
-rw-r--r--32489.zipbin0 -> 32238 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
20 files changed, 8024 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/32489-0.txt b/32489-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9bd19d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1815 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories Pictures Tell
+ Book Two
+
+Author: Flora Carpenter
+
+Release Date: May 23, 2010 [EBook #32489]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Book title decoration]
+
+ STORIES
+ PICTURES TELL
+
+ BOOK TWO
+
+ _By_
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+ _Instructor in drawing in Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio
+ Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois_
+
+ _Illustrated with Half Tones from
+ Original Photographs_
+
+ RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
+ CHICAGO NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+ _Copyright, 1918, by_
+ RAND MCNALLY & COMPANY
+
+[Illustration: Publisher's symbol]
+
+ Made in U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+THE CONTENTS
+
+
+ SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER PAGE
+
+ "Shoeing the Bay Mare" _Landseer_ 1
+
+ "Angels' Heads" _Reynolds_ 13
+
+
+ NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, AND JANUARY
+
+ "The First Step" _Millet_ 21
+
+ "A Fascinating Tale" _Mme Ronner_ 29
+
+ FEBRUARY AND MARCH
+
+ "A Helping Hand" _Renouf_ 37
+
+ "The Strawberry Girl" _Reynolds_ 43
+
+ APRIL, MAY, AND JUNE
+
+ "The Return to the Farm" _Troyon_ 51
+
+ Review of Pictures and Artists Studied
+
+ _The Suggestions to Teachers_ 56
+
+
+
+
+THE PREFACE
+
+
+Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study work in
+each grade, recommending the study of certain pictures by well-known
+masters. As Supervisor of Drawing I found that the children enjoyed
+this work but that the teachers felt incompetent to conduct the
+lessons as they lacked time to look up the subject and to gather
+adequate material. Recourse to a great many books was necessary and
+often while much information could usually be found about the artist,
+very little was available about his pictures.
+
+Hence I began collecting information about the pictures and preparing
+the lessons for the teachers just as I would give them myself to
+pupils of their grade.
+
+My plan does not include many pictures during the year, as this is to
+be only a part of the art work and is not intended to take the place
+of drawing.
+
+The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing period of
+from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully given in
+that time. However, the most satisfactory way of using the books is as
+supplementary readers, thus permitting each child to study the
+pictures and read the stories himself.
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+
+[Illustration: SHOEING THE BAY MARE]
+
+
+
+
+STORIES PICTURES TELL
+
+
+
+
+SHOEING THE BAY MARE
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Edwin Landseer (lănd´´sēr).
+ =Birthplace:= London, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1802; died, 1873.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What is the man in this picture doing?
+How many have watched a blacksmith shoe a horse? Why does he wear an
+apron made of leather? From what do the sparks fly? What has the
+blacksmith in his hand? Why do you suppose this horse wears no halter?
+What other animals do you see in this picture? Which has the larger
+ears, the donkey or the horse? Which seems to have the softer coat?
+Which can run the faster? What do you see on the donkey's back? What
+kind of dog is that in the picture? Why do you suppose the hound is so
+interested in what the blacksmith is doing? What else can you see in
+the picture? What makes you think the man is fond of animals? Where is
+the bird? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Here in a building that once may have been
+a home, we see an old-fashioned country blacksmith shop. The wide door
+has been made in two parts so that the upper part can be swung open to
+let in the sunlight. The lower part of the doorway remains closed and
+is just high enough to keep the horse and donkey shut in. But the dog
+could easily jump over it should he become frightened by the flying
+sparks of fire.
+
+The smith is trying a shoe on the hind foot of the beautiful horse,
+but neither the man nor the horse seems quite satisfied with it. The
+horse has an anxious look in her intelligent eyes as she turns her
+head to watch the smith. Though she knows he will do the work
+carefully she cannot help being a little nervous about it. The dog and
+the donkey are also very much interested in what the smith is doing,
+though the dog seems ready to run at any moment. Behind the dog we see
+the blacksmith's anvil on which he hammers the shoe into shape. Every
+time the hammer strikes the red-hot iron, burning sparks fly in all
+directions and the blacksmith wears a leather apron, to keep them from
+burning holes in his clothes.
+
+On the ground beside the blacksmith is a box in which are the tools
+the smith must use. It has a handle so that the smith may carry it
+with him and place it within reach when he is fitting the shoe.
+
+Years ago, when the artist painted this picture, a blacksmith had to
+make each shoe by hand from a bar of iron. Now horseshoes are made
+rapidly by machinery and the blacksmith gets them from the factory. They
+are made in all shapes and sizes and the smith will try several shoes
+until he finds one that fits the horse's hoof. If it needs to be shaped
+a little he must heat it red hot before he can bend it. He puts it into
+the great bed of red-hot coals in his forge, and then blows upon the
+coals with his bellows to make the fire hotter. His heavy iron tongs are
+used to take the red-hot shoe from the coals and to hold it upon the
+anvil while he pounds it into shape. Next he drops it into cold water
+until it is cool enough to try on. The smith must be a strong man to do
+his work well, and in this picture our attention is drawn to the great
+muscles on his arms and the firm strength of his large hands.
+
+It takes great skill to drive the nails into the horse's hoof in just
+such a way that they will hold the shoe firmly and at the same time
+not hurt the hoof. Sometimes, but not very often, a blacksmith drives
+a nail in the wrong direction, and the horse becomes lame. Horses grow
+accustomed to being shod, and seem to like to have comfortable new
+shoes put on. How glad they must be in the winter to have their hoofs
+sharp shod, so they do not slip on the ice!
+
+Betty, the bay mare in this picture, liked to be shod, and as she never
+wore a halter and could go where she pleased, she sometimes went to see
+the blacksmith. The story is told that one day while she was galloping
+over the fields one of her shoes became loose. Betty seemed to know just
+what to do; it was not long before the blacksmith heard a gentle neigh,
+and there was Betty with her head over the gate, asking to be let in.
+Once inside she held up the foot with the loose shoe for the blacksmith
+to fix. You may be sure he patted her velvety neck, and told her that he
+knew just what the trouble was and would fix her up all right.
+
+The shaggy little donkey you see in the picture had to wait until the
+blacksmith had attended to Betty. But he did not care about having his
+shoes fixed anyway, and so did not mind waiting.
+
+The man who owned Betty was Mr. Jacob Bell, and he was so proud of her
+that he wanted her picture painted. In fact, once when Betty had had a
+beautiful colt, Mr. Bell asked Sir Edwin Landseer to paint a picture of
+the two together. But the artist had such a long waiting list of animals
+to paint that he did not get around to Betty's turn for a long time.
+Betty had another colt, but it, too, had grown to be as tall as Betty
+herself before Sir Edwin Landseer at last came out to see her.
+
+He came on the very day that Betty paid her visit to the blacksmith
+shop, and so it was there that Mr. Bell took the artist to see her.
+Landseer had planned to paint the horse out in the green fields; but
+when he saw her in the blacksmith shop, watching every movement of the
+smith with such perfect understanding in her great, intelligent eyes,
+he decided to paint her there.
+
+One can see at a glance that this horse is well cared for; her silky
+coat makes us wish to pet her. Notice the white star-shaped mark on
+her forehead.
+
+The hound must have followed the horse, for he does not look as if he
+belonged in the blacksmith shop. He seems to be a little afraid of the
+hot tongs placed in front of him, and looks as if he might run away
+the next time the sparks begin to fly.
+
+That sleepy-looking little donkey must belong to some child, for you
+can see the saddle on his back. Probably some boy will call for him,
+and ride him home.
+
+Notice how the light comes in through the upper half of the doorway
+and falls upon the figures. Can you see where the light from the fire
+in the forge is shining?
+
+We cannot see the bird in the cage hanging from the roof of the
+blacksmith shop, but no doubt it sang very merrily on the bright sunny
+day this must have been. The smith has placed its cage a safe distance
+from the heat, and where it can get plenty of air and sunlight. No doubt
+they are great friends, but how the bird must wish to try its wings in a
+long flight up beyond the treetops and into the bright blue sky!
+
+When the shoe is fixed the blacksmith will open the door and Betty
+will trot home by herself. No wonder Mr. Bell was proud of a horse
+that knew so much and was so beautiful. Would you not like to have a
+horse like Betty?
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= When a horse
+needs new shoes, where does its owner take it? What is the name of the
+horse in our picture? Why did Betty come to the blacksmith shop? How
+did she let the blacksmith know what she wanted? Does she seem pleased
+with the shoe he is trying on? How can he make it fit? Why does he
+heat the shoe red hot? Upon what does he place the red-hot shoe to
+pound it into shape? On the blackboard draw a picture of an anvil.
+What does the blacksmith use when he blows the coals to make a hotter
+fire? With what does he hold the hot shoes? Why does he put them in
+cold water before trying them on? How does he fasten the shoe on the
+horse's hoof? Why does it not hurt a horse to be shod? What do you see
+on the donkey's back? Of what is the dog afraid? What does the
+blacksmith wear to keep the sparks from burning his clothes? Why is
+that low gate placed in the doorway? To whom did Betty belong? Who
+came to paint her picture? Why did he paint her in the blacksmith
+shop? What makes you think she was well cared for? Why do you suppose
+she is so gentle and patient? Where does the light in the picture come
+from? Why do you like Betty?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Have the pupils memorize the following lines from
+Longfellow's _The Village Blacksmith_:
+
+ And children coming home from school
+ Look in at the open door;
+ They love to see the flaming forge,
+ And hear the bellows roar,
+ And catch the burning sparks that fly
+ Like chaff from a threshing-floor.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Edwin Landseer had three sisters and two
+brothers who liked to draw and paint as well as he did. The father was
+an artist, and he taught them all how to draw when they were very young.
+
+They lived in the country, and often the father went with his children
+for a walk through the fields. There were two very large fields
+separated from each other by a fence with an old-fashioned stile for a
+gate. This stile had several steps, and was built high so that the
+sheep and cows could not jump over. One day when Edwin was six years
+old, and so little that he had to be lifted over this stile, his
+father tells us that "At his request I lifted him over, and finding a
+scrap of paper and a pencil in my pocket, I made him sketch a cow."
+After this Edwin came here nearly every day, and his father called
+these two fields "Edwin's studio."
+
+When Edwin was only thirteen years old two of his pictures were
+exhibited at the Royal Academy. One was a portrait of a mule; the
+other, of a dog and puppies.
+
+Edwin painted always from life, not caring to make copies from the
+work of others. All the sketches he made when he was a little boy were
+carefully kept by the father, and now if you go to England you may see
+them in the South Kensington Museum in London.
+
+Edwin, we are told, was a bright, gentle little boy, with blue eyes
+and light curly hair. At fourteen years of age he became a pupil at
+the Royal Academy. The keeper there was an old man who grew very fond
+of the boy. He would look all about for him, and if he could not find
+him he would say, "Where is my little dog boy?" At this time Edwin had
+three dogs of his own, which he called Brutus, Vixen, and Boxer. They
+were his inseparable companions, and so intelligent that they seemed
+almost able to speak.
+
+For many years he lived and painted in his father's house in a poor
+little room without even a carpet. All the furniture, we are told,
+consisted of three cheap chairs and an easel. Later, he had a fine
+studio not far from a park. There was a small house and garden here,
+and the barn was made over into a studio.
+
+Sir Edwin was not a very good business man, and he left the management
+of all his affairs to his father, who sold his pictures for him and
+kept his accounts.
+
+Landseer was only sixteen years old when he exhibited his wonderful
+picture called "Fighting Dogs Getting Wind." A very rich man whose
+praise meant a great deal at that time bought the picture, and Sir
+Edwin's success was assured. After that so many people brought their
+pets for him to paint that he had to keep a list, and each must wait
+his turn.
+
+It was about this time, too, that he painted an old white horse in the
+stable of another wealthy man. After the picture was finished, ready
+to deliver, it suddenly disappeared. Search was made for it
+everywhere, but it was not found until twenty-four years afterwards. A
+servant had stolen it and hidden it in a hayloft. He was afraid to
+sell it, or even to keep it in his home, for every one would recognize
+the great artist's work.
+
+At the age of twenty-four, Landseer became a member of the Royal
+Academy, which was an unusual honor for so young a man.
+
+The story is told that at an evening party in the home of a well-known
+leader of society in London where Landseer was present, the guests had
+been talking about skill with the hands. One of the guests said that
+no one had ever been found who could draw two things at once. Landseer
+remarked, "Oh, I can do that; lend me two pencils, and I will show you."
+
+He then quickly drew the head of a horse with one hand, at the same
+time drawing a deer's head and antlers with the other hand. Both
+sketches were so good that they might well have been drawn with the
+same hand and with much more study.
+
+Landseer made a special study of lions, too, and painted many pictures
+of them. The great lions at the base of the famous Nelson Monument in
+Trafalgar Square, London, were modeled by him.
+
+Although Landseer painted so many wild animals, birds, and hunting
+scenes, he did not care to hunt or shoot. Sometimes he would hire
+guides to take him into the wildest parts in search of game. But these
+guides felt thoroughly disgusted with him when, a great wild deer
+bounding toward them, he would merely make a sketch of it in his book.
+
+Landseer knew how to use a gun, however, and sometimes did use it with
+great success. But it was the study of live animals that interested
+him most. He often said that to kill a bird was to lose it.
+
+He believed that animals understand, feel, and reason just like people;
+so he represented them in his pictures as happy, sad, gay, dignified,
+frivolous, rich, poor, and in all ways just like human beings.
+
+Landseer did and said all he could against the custom of cutting, or
+"cropping," the ears of dogs. He said that nature intended to protect
+the ears of dogs that "dig in the dirt," and man should not interfere.
+People paid a great deal of attention to what he said, and the custom
+lost favor.
+
+In 1850 the honor of knighthood was conferred upon Landseer. He was
+popular alike with patron and peasant, and no English painter has ever
+been more appreciated in his own country.
+
+Landseer died in London in 1873, at the age of seventy-one.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= What can you tell about the artist who
+painted this picture? Where did he live when he was a boy? How many
+brothers and sisters did he have? Where did they often walk with their
+father? What separated the two fields? How many of you ever saw a
+stile? What animal did Edwin sketch first? Where was "Edwin's studio"?
+What became of the pictures Edwin drew and painted when he was a boy?
+Tell about the keeper of the Royal Academy and Edwin; tell about Edwin
+and his picture of an old white horse; tell about his fine new studio.
+How did Sir Edwin Landseer think animals felt and understood? Tell how
+he went hunting. How well could he draw with his left hand? Why did
+people like him? Why do you think he was a great artist?
+
+
+
+
+ANGELS' HEADS
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (rĕn´´ŭldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Why
+do you think these heads look alike? How do they differ? How many are
+looking up? Which one is looking right at you? Where are the others
+looking? Where does the light come from? Where does the ray of light
+strike each head? Which looks the happiest? the most thoughtful? Which
+one seems to be singing? Which one do you like best? why? How many
+know a little girl with blue eyes and light hair who looks something
+like one of these?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Far back in a beautiful yard, so large
+that it was almost a park, was a house so fine that people drove past
+just to see it. In this house lived a nobleman, his wife, and one
+lovely little daughter. Their names were Lord and Lady William Gordon,
+and the little girl's name was Frances Isabelle Gordon. Perhaps you
+have already guessed that she was the little girl we see in this
+picture. And this is how she happened to have her picture painted:
+The artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, was a great friend of Lord and Lady
+Gordon and used to visit them very often. He would ride in a splendid
+carriage which was gilded and carved on the outside and decorated with
+wonderful pictures painted by himself. He had a coachman and footman,
+too, and when he came riding up the long driveway, little Frances must
+have run out to see the great carriage, for no one else had one like it.
+
+Soon Sir Joshua Reynolds and Frances Isabelle became great friends. He
+could tell such good stories! And then he liked to play games with
+her, and above all he liked to tease her. But she did not mind his
+teasing, for she could run away from him when she did not like it.
+
+Sometimes he would invite her to ride home with him in his carriage.
+Then he would show her his studio where he painted, and let her play
+with some of the toys he always kept ready for his little friends. Very
+likely her mother would tell him to send her home in an hour. How she
+must have enjoyed the ride back all alone in the big carriage, with the
+tall coachman and footman sitting so straight! No doubt she pretended
+she was a great lady riding in state, and sat very still and proper.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds loved this little girl very much, and he was glad
+indeed when one day her mother brought her to have her picture painted.
+
+[Illustration: _Angels' Heads_]
+
+There were no photograph galleries then such as we have now, so there
+was no other way to have one's picture taken. The great artist put
+his piece of canvas on an easel and mixed his colors. Then he told
+Frances Isabelle just where to sit. Although Sir Joshua Reynolds
+painted very rapidly, she had to sit still for a long time, and come
+several days, before the picture could be finished.
+
+First he drew her looking straight at him watching him arrange his
+paints. Then he began to make sketches of her in different positions,
+but he liked her so much in all, that he could not decide which one to
+use. Finally, he thought of painting them all in one picture. Then, as
+little Frances looked so lovely and so like an angel, he decided to
+add the wings and clouds and call his picture "Angels' Heads."
+
+You see at that time, not having any photographers, no one thought of
+showing a person in different positions all in one picture as we do
+nowadays. People were very glad then to have one good picture of their
+friends.
+
+Imagine how pleased and delighted Lord and Lady Gordon must have been
+with these five pictures instead of one, and all so like their little
+girl! The angel heads seem to be floating in the clouds, their faces
+lighted up by the bright ray of sunlight which is reflected in the
+golden hair of each. For Frances Isabelle had the most beautiful
+golden hair and the bluest of blue eyes.
+
+The head at the lower left-hand side of the picture is serious and
+thoughtful, as if some hard question had to be answered. The one just
+above seems quiet, as if listening to the two other angels, who are
+singing happily. These four have quite forgotten us, but the little
+girl who looks straight at us seems to be right here in the room,
+watching us and wondering about us. A happy, healthy little girl, she
+looks as if she would like to run and play with us. Such a sweet,
+winsome face! No wonder Sir Joshua loved her very much.
+
+People came from far and near to see this beautiful painting when it
+was finished. Finally, years later, Lord and Lady Gordon gave it to
+the city of London to hang in the National Gallery of paintings for
+all to see. There it still hangs, and people who go to London always
+look for it, and find it just as lovely as ever.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Of whom is this
+a picture? Where did she live? How did she happen to have her picture
+painted? Who painted it? What kind of a carriage did he have? What did
+he sometimes ask her to do? Why did she not go to a photographer to
+have her picture taken? How long did it take Sir Joshua Reynolds to
+paint her picture? Why did he paint so many pictures of her? Why did
+he call the picture "Angels' Heads"? How many faces are looking at
+us? Where do they seem to be? Which one is the prettiest? Did Lord and
+Lady Gordon like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Joshua Reynolds's father was a teacher
+in a private school, and to this school Joshua was sent as soon as he
+was old enough. Even when a very little boy Joshua liked to draw. He
+liked so well to draw that it was very hard for him to study in
+school. He always saw so many things to draw that he could not wait
+until after school, but drew them on the back of his lesson papers.
+
+One day he drew all over his number paper, and when he handed it in,
+his father could not read the numbers on account of the drawing. His
+father was disappointed because his son's paper did not look so neat
+as the other boys', and so he wrote at the top of the paper, "Done by
+Joshua out of pure idleness."
+
+Joshua had five brothers and sisters who liked to draw just as well as
+he did, and who could all draw very much better than he could.
+
+It took so much paper and so many pencils for all his children, that
+finally the father told them they might draw on the walls of the
+halls. These walls had been whitewashed and the children used burnt
+sticks for pencils.
+
+At first the older brothers and sisters used to help little Joshua by
+guiding his hand, but he soon learned to draw as well as they. His
+first drawings had been so funny that they had laughed at him. Now
+they praised him instead.
+
+When he was only eight years old Joshua drew a picture that every one
+praised very much. It was a picture of the schoolhouse. His father was
+so pleased when he saw it that he said, "This is wonderful!"
+
+In the little town where Joshua lived the people went to church on
+Sundays, of course, and sometimes also during the week. One day,
+Joshua went to church. At first he sat very still; but the sermon was
+a very long one, and finally he grew so tired he could not listen
+another minute. He thought he would like to draw a picture of the
+minister, but he had nothing to draw it on. Then he remembered that he
+had a pencil in his pocket, and that he could draw the picture on his
+thumb nail. That is just what he did.
+
+The church was near the river, and after church Joshua went down to
+the river bank. Finding a piece of an old sail, he carried it to a
+boathouse, and here, from the picture on his thumb nail, he drew on
+the piece of sail the portrait of the minister. Then he painted it,
+using common paint such as is used to paint boats. Joshua was only
+eleven years old, and had finished his first oil painting. His father
+had wanted him to be a doctor, but after seeing this picture he
+decided to let Joshua have his own way and be a painter. He sent him
+to a good teacher, and lived to see his son a great artist.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did Sir
+Joshua Reynolds like to do when he was a boy? Who was his teacher? How
+did he spoil his number paper? Why was his father disappointed? How
+many brothers and sisters did he have? On what did they draw? With
+what did they draw? How old was Joshua when he drew the picture of the
+schoolhouse? What did his father say when he saw this picture? How did
+Joshua happen to paint a picture of the minister? On what did he make
+his first sketch? Where did he finish the picture? On what did he
+paint it? What kind of paints did he use? What did Joshua's father
+want him to be when he grew up? After he had seen this picture, what
+did he say Joshua might be? Why do we want to remember him?
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST STEP
+
+ =Artist:= Jean François Millet (zhäN fräN´ swä´ mēlĕ´´).
+ =Birthplace:= Gruchy, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1814; died, 1875.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? What is
+the father doing? Who holds the baby? What is the baby trying to do? Why
+is the picture called "The First Step"? How many have a baby brother or
+sister who is just learning to walk? What has the father been doing? Why
+do you think so? Why did he stop? What is on the ground beside him? How
+is the man dressed? Where do these people live? What separates the house
+from the garden? What can you see next to the fence? Why do you think it
+is not a very warm day? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= One bright day in the early fall of the
+year, when the leaves of the trees were thickest and the woodbine on
+the fence was just beginning to turn red, a little child was fretting
+to go outdoors. He was tired of staying in when all was beautiful
+outside, and he wanted his mother to stop her work and take him out
+into the sunshine, to the garden where his father was working. And by
+and by that is just what she did. Putting on her own cap, and a bonnet
+on the child's head, so there would be no danger of his taking cold,
+she carried him out to the old fence.
+
+When the father saw them coming through the gate he dropped his spade
+and started to meet them. The little boy began to wave his arms,
+impatient to reach his father. Then the mother thought this would be a
+good time to let him try to walk. Placing him on the ground, she holds
+him safely while the father holds out his arms invitingly.
+
+See, the baby has stepped forward! Now the mother will let him try to
+walk alone, keeping close behind, and ready to catch him if he should
+fall, until he reaches his father's arms. How proud they will be when
+their baby takes his first step all alone! He has been creeping and
+crawling for a long time, but now he is big enough to stand on his feet.
+
+This family of hard-working peasants have little time for play; they
+must work to keep up their home. The father, as you see, has been
+digging potatoes with that heavy spade. He will put them in his
+wheelbarrow and take them to the house. Perhaps he will have enough to
+last him all winter, and some to sell, too.
+
+The potatoes he wants to keep he will bury in the ground. In those
+days very few people had cellars in which to keep their vegetables.
+Instead, they would dig a great hole in the ground, line it with
+straw, and then put the potatoes in, covering them with straw and
+earth. Then, instead of going to the grocery to buy potatoes as we do,
+they went out into the yard and dug them up.
+
+[Illustration: _The First Step_]
+
+No doubt the father made this fence, the spade, the pitchfork, and
+even the wheelbarrow we see in the picture, while the mother, we are
+sure, made all their clothes except the wooden shoes. Perhaps the
+father made them.
+
+In those days the mothers could not go down to the store to buy the
+goods for their clothes as we do now. Instead they spun thread out of
+flax or wool, and then wove it into cloth on a great loom something
+like the small looms we use in school to make rugs and hammocks. This
+they usually did during the winter when there was less work to do, for
+there were so many more things that had to be done during the summer
+than during the winter.
+
+In summer they had to take care of the fruit just as our mothers do.
+But they did not know anything about canning it,--they would cook it a
+long time and make preserves or else they would dry it. They dried
+most of their fruit, making it just like the dried apples, peaches,
+and apricots we buy at the store.
+
+In France, where this picture was painted, the women worked out in the
+fields just like the men. So you see how very busy they must have
+been. And yet they always found time to love and care for their little
+children.
+
+We do not know even the name of this baby, or of his mother or father.
+The artist, Millet, thought that of no importance at all. He did not
+even care to show us their faces, any more than he would care to show
+us the buttons on their clothes. The important thing is the love and
+tenderness of this mother and father as they stop their work to guide,
+help, and encourage their baby in taking his first step. All his life
+the baby will find them never too tired or weary to help him when he
+needs it most.
+
+Peasants like these, we know, lived in France, and as a rule they were
+very poor, although the two in our picture seem thrifty and
+comfortable. The trees, even the grass growing up beside the fence,
+seem sturdy and strong like the peasants to whom they belong.
+
+We feel the strength of the father's extended arms, so ready and able
+to protect this baby. The mother, too, will do her share. Even the
+trees seem to bend toward these three as if to assure them of their
+protection.
+
+This is a simple, homelike picture, whose chief beauty lies in its
+strong appeal to our feeling of sympathy with, and interest in, these
+honest country people.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= What has the man
+been doing? With what did he dig the potatoes? Where will he put them?
+Why does he not put them in the cellar? How will he keep them all
+winter? How will he bury them? Who made these peasants' clothes? the
+wheelbarrow, the spade, and the pitchfork? Why did they not buy them?
+How did the mother make the cloth for their clothes? When did she do
+this? What must she do during the summer? How did they keep their
+fruit? Why do you think they are a happy family?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Jean François Millet was the son of French
+peasants who must have been very much like the father and mother in
+this picture. But a picture of Millet's boyhood would not be complete
+unless it included his grandmother. You see, that dear old lady rocked
+him to sleep, played with him, and kept him happy all day long while
+his mother, like all French peasants, worked out in the fields with
+his father.
+
+It was she who was the first to discover that her little grandson
+liked to draw. His first drawings were copies of pictures in his
+grandmother's old illustrated Bible. He would listen to stories read
+to him from the Bible and then he would take a piece of chalk and draw
+a picture of what happened in the story.
+
+Soon he began to draw large, bold pictures which covered the stone
+wall of their house. The grandmother was much pleased! She found a new
+story to read or tell him nearly every day.
+
+Of course his father and mother saw the pictures as soon as they came
+home, and encouraged the boy as much as they could. The father liked
+to draw, too, but he could not see why Millet should be making up
+pictures from imagination when there were so many real things to draw.
+So he called his son's attention to the trees, the fields, and houses
+in the distance, and soon the boy began to draw these, too.
+
+One Sunday when Millet was coming home from church he met an old man,
+his back bent over a cane as he walked slowly along. Something about the
+bent figure made Millet feel he would like to draw a picture of the man
+just as he looked then. Taking a piece of charcoal from his pocket, he
+drew a picture of him from memory. He drew it on a stone wall, and as
+people passed that way they recognized the man. All liked the picture
+very much, and told Millet so. His father, too, was delighted, and
+decided that his son should have a chance to become an artist.
+
+One day the two went to an artist who lived in a neighboring town and
+showed him some of Millet's sketches. The artist was amazed, and at
+first would not believe the boy had drawn them. You may be sure he was
+glad to have this bright boy for a pupil. But Millet studied with him
+only two months, when he was called home by the death of his father.
+
+At first it seemed as if they needed him so much at home he would
+never be able to go on with his studies. But soon the good people in
+the little village collected a sum of money and gave it to Millet,
+telling him it was for him to use to go to Paris and study. Millet was
+almost a grown man by this time, and you may be sure he was grateful
+and that he worked very hard while in Paris. But people did not like
+his pictures, and he was very poor. Other artists painted pictures of
+beautiful people dressed in fine clothes and living in rich homes, and
+so nobody cared for Millet's poor, humble peasants, dressed in their
+working clothes and doing the work they had to do.
+
+It was not until Millet was an old man that people began to appreciate
+his work. Now most of those fashionable artists of his time have been
+forgotten, while the paintings of Jean François Millet have become
+more and more valuable.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Where did the artist live? Who took care
+of Millet when he was little? Why was his mother away from home so
+much? Who was the first one to see his drawings? What did he draw?
+What did he use to make the drawings? Who helped him? how? How did his
+father help him? Tell about the old man leaning on a cane. Where did
+Millet draw his picture? Who saw it? What did they say? Where did his
+father take him to study? What did the artist think when he saw
+Millet's sketches? Why did Millet go home? What did his neighbors do
+for him? Where did he go then? Why was he so poor there? Why did not
+people like his pictures? What do people think of his pictures now?
+
+
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ =Artist:= Madame Henriette Ronner (rön´´nẽr).
+ =Birthplace:= Amsterdam, Holland.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1821. Still living, 1916.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= In what room are these kittens? Why do
+you think so? Where is the mother cat? the kittens? What are they
+looking at? Why do you think the mouse does not know that the kittens
+can see his tail? Which one do you think will catch the mouse? Which
+one has the sharpest eyes? Which one looks frightened? Which one looks
+surprised? Why do you suppose they did not catch the mouse before it
+tried to hide? If they keep very still, what will the mouse think?
+What will he do? What will happen then? What is on the table beside
+the kittens? What may happen to the ink bottle if the big cat jumps?
+What is the color of these kittens' fur? How many of you have a pet
+kitten at home? Which one of these would you rather have? Why is the
+picture called "A Fascinating Tale"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Early one morning two plump little kittens
+started out in search of adventure. The library door was open, and
+both little kittens heard a queer rustling noise on the big library
+table. Up on a chair they jumped, then up on the table, just in time
+to see a little mouse darting under some papers. The mouse thought
+the kittens would not know where it was if it kept very still; but
+there was its tail in plain sight.
+
+The kittens were so frightened they did not know what to do. They
+tried to remember all their mother had taught them about catching a
+mouse, but they could only watch that tail, scarcely breathing for
+fear it would move. The mother cat came just then, hunting for her
+kittens. When she saw them keeping so still she knew there must be
+something the matter.
+
+In the picture she is all ready to spring upon the mouse as soon as he
+moves, so she can be sure to catch him. How confident she looks, and
+how pleased she is that the kittens found the mouse and will help her
+catch it! The kittens are so excited it is doubtful whether they can
+help very much; but if she can persuade one of them just to touch that
+tail, then all will be a scramble. More likely they will all keep so
+still that the mouse will think he is alone and come out.
+
+[Illustration: _A Fascinating Tale_]
+
+Which cat do you think will catch him? The little white kitten is the
+more daring of the two, as she stands there, paws braced wide apart,
+all ready to spring either toward the mouse or away from it. She is
+quite undecided which to do. The little black kitten wants to see
+all that is going on, but at a safe distance.
+
+How those books and papers will be scattered about when the old cat
+jumps for the mouse! The ink bottle is in a very bad place, although
+the inkstand looks as if it were a heavy one and would be hard to
+overturn, even if the cat does jump on it.
+
+Did you ever watch a cat catch a mouse? My! how fast that mouse will
+have to run if he is to get away! Notice the long, graceful, curving
+body of the mother cat, and how she holds her head alert as she plans
+how to catch the mouse.
+
+Although these three cats are all still for the moment, we are made to
+feel that each is about to do something, and we wonder just what that
+something will be. Notice the different colors of the cats' fur and of
+the books placed carelessly in a row. Let us think how this table will
+look in just a few moments.
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ Books and ink, and kittens three
+ In this picture we can see
+ All upon a table wide.
+ What is that from them would hide?
+
+ Little mouse, your tail's too long;
+ It's your fault; if they do wrong.
+ All these books will surely fall,
+ Ink stains soon will cover all.
+
+ Did you think that you were hid?
+ Or perchance of them were rid?
+ Don't you know your tail's in sight
+ Of those kittens' eyes so bright?
+
+ You are wise to keep quite still,
+ For they're watching with a will.
+ Maybe you can make them think
+ It's the cord that ties the ink.
+
+ Mother Cat looks very wise;
+ She will know it by its size.
+ She has taught her kittens, too,
+ Just exactly what to do.
+
+ Which will get you? Have a care,
+ For to lose you they'll not dare.
+ Though they're frightened, we can see
+ With her help it's you must flee.
+
+ Ah, you moved it! Such a fuss!
+ All the things are in a muss!
+ And they caught you, as I thought;
+ You're a nuisance, so they ought.
+
+ Which one did it? I can't tell.
+ All I know is, something fell.
+ But they all look very proud,
+ And their purr is very loud.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= How did the
+kittens happen to find the mouse? How did they get up on the table?
+Where did the mouse try to hide? Why was that not a good place? What
+were the kittens afraid of? Who came to help them? What did she do?
+How does she look? Which kitten is the more daring? What is between
+the black kitten and the mouse? What will very likely happen to the
+books and papers? Which way do you think the white kitten will jump?
+the mother cat? Which one will catch the mouse?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Encourage the children to talk about their own pets
+at home, and to draw pictures of them. The drawings may not be good in
+themselves, but such practice will make the children more observant,
+and so prepare the way for better drawing later.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Madame Ronner, the woman who painted this
+picture, was very fond of cats, as you can easily imagine. She had a
+very large cage made for her pets, with wire over the top and glass
+for the sides. She had the sides made of glass so that she could
+always watch the cats when she painted, no matter in what part of the
+cage they happened to be; and of course the top was of wire so they
+could have plenty of air. The floor of the cage was well cushioned,
+and there were several hanging bobs for the cats to play with.
+
+Her father was an artist, and he, although blind, was her only
+teacher in drawing and painting. She would describe her pictures to
+him, and he would criticize and tell her how to improve them.
+
+When she was only sixteen years old she exhibited her first picture,
+which she called "Cats in the Window." The picture received a great
+deal of praise and was sold immediately. Every one supposed she would
+paint more pictures of cats, because she could paint them so well, but
+for some reason she began to paint dogs instead. Her dog pictures won
+much popularity also and for many years she supported herself and her
+blind father by her paintings of dogs.
+
+After her father's death she married and moved from Amsterdam to
+Brussels, where she again became interested in painting cats. It was
+then that she did her best work. One of her best pictures painted at
+that time was "A Fascinating Tale."
+
+Madame Ronner had so much care and trouble all her life, it is a wonder
+she could paint such bright, happy pictures. She was very poor much of
+her life, and had not only the care and support of her blind father but
+later on of an invalid husband and several little children. Still with
+it all she must have found time for a frolic with these fluffy little
+kittens, to have known just how to paint them at their best.
+
+Her little children must have liked to play with them, too.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Who taught her
+to draw and paint? How could he, when he was blind? What other animals
+did Madame Ronner paint besides cats? Which did she paint the better?
+What makes you think she must have liked cats? Where did she put them
+when she wanted to paint them? Why did the cage have glass sides? Why
+did it have wire over the top? the soft cushions on the floor? What
+did she have for the cats to play with?
+
+
+
+
+A HELPING HAND
+
+ =Original Picture:= Corcoran Gallery, Washington,
+ D.C.
+ =Artist:= Emile Renouf (rẽ n[=oo]f´´).
+ =Birthplace:= Paris, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1845; died, 1894.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= Of what is this a picture? Where are
+this man and little girl? Where do you think they are going? What do
+you suppose the man does for a living? why? How is he dressed? What
+makes you think he loves the little girl? For what is the long pole
+with the rope around it used? How is the man guiding the boat now?
+What do you see ahead that he is trying to turn away from? What is the
+little girl doing? How is she dressed? Why do you think she cannot
+help very much? What kind of a boat is it? What else do you see in the
+boat? in the picture? Why is it called "A Helping Hand"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= When we go fishing for a few hours or half a
+day we think it great fun, but a real fisherman, who earns his living
+that way, has to work very hard. Fishermen usually start out at four or
+five o'clock in the morning, and do not come home again until late at
+night. Sometimes they go away for several days, fishing night and day.
+
+Very probably this little girl is not awake mornings when her father
+eats his breakfast and starts out. He wears a rain-proof hat and heavy
+coat, for one never can tell what the weather will be out on the
+water. He must take a good lunch with him, too, for he is sure to get
+hungry. The mother will see that the lunch is ready.
+
+When the wind is blowing in the right direction he puts up the heavy
+pole you see in the center of the boat, lets out the sail, and
+tightens the rope. Then, with a good wind, how fast he can go! He
+knows just where each kind of fish likes to stay, and goes straight to
+the very best place. Here he drops his heavy iron anchor into the
+water. This anchor is fastened to the boat and keeps it from drifting.
+Sometimes the fish do not bite at all, and he has very few to carry
+home after his hard day's work. Then again his great boat is filled
+full of shiny fish. "Fisherman's luck," that is called.
+
+He probably uses that net with the long wooden handle to help him
+catch the big fish. He may have used it also to catch his minnows for
+bait. No doubt he catches all the minnows he needs before he starts,
+because they live in the shallow water near the shore and it is easier
+to catch them there.
+
+Some fishermen use very long nets, something like those you see on a
+tennis court, only wider and stronger. It takes several men to manage
+them. The fish get tangled up in the net, and then it is very easy to
+catch them.
+
+[Illustration: From a Thistle Print, Copyright Detroit Publishing Co.
+
+_A Helping Hand_]
+
+A flat-bottomed boat is the best for fishing, they say. You can move
+about in it without much danger of tipping over, and it holds more.
+The fish often think it is a wharf or a good cool place under which to
+hide, and you can catch them easily.
+
+Very likely this little girl has never been out with her father on one
+of his long trips, for it would be much too tiresome for so small a
+girl. It would seem, rather, as if he had finished his day's work,
+and was taking his little daughter with him on some short errand.
+Perhaps they are on their way home, and there is something in that
+sack the mother needs. Just now there is no wind, or it is not in the
+right direction, for they do not use the sail.
+
+Can you see the other oar? It must be in the bottom of the boat. The
+man must row hard with the oar he is pulling at or they will run into
+that great rock you see ahead.
+
+It looks as if those little sailboats far off in the distance are
+standing still. Perhaps they have no oars, and are waiting for the wind
+to come up and blow them home. If they were anchored the sails would be
+rolled up and put away. A good sailor must take good care of his boat
+and sails. If a sail is not stretched out in the sun and allowed to dry
+after a heavy dew or rain, it will rot and soon fall to pieces.
+
+A sailor knows how to tie a very tight knot which is called a
+"sailor's knot." He needs to know how to tie this, for if the knots
+are not tight and his rope should come untied, or anything give way
+when there is a heavy wind, the boat would very likely be overturned.
+
+The little girl looks as if she were putting all her strength into
+those tiny hands that cannot near go around the oar. How pleased her
+father seems to be to have her try to help him! He knows she is doing
+the best she can, and he lets her think she is helping row the boat.
+It must help him somewhat, just to know that she is trying so hard and
+wants to help.
+
+She must slip about on that seat every time the oar moves, for her
+feet do not touch the bottom of the boat. She will be tired when she
+reaches home, and warm too, no doubt.
+
+They will not lose their hats even if the wind does blow, for the
+little girl's bonnet is tied under her chin, and her father has pulled
+his rubber hat tight over his head. Often, when he is out fishing on
+the deep sea, the spray dashes over the fisherman's boat, and he is
+glad to have a rubber hat and coat to wear.
+
+The little girl wears a large handkerchief around her neck, fastened
+under her arms. What do you think is in the pockets of her apron to
+make them puff out so? It must be in the summer time, or she would
+surely wear a coat and rubber boots. What a big, heavy boat it is! No
+wonder it takes such a large oar to row it.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Tell something
+about a fisherman's day. When does he start? How does he go? Where?
+How does he keep his boat from drifting while he fishes? What is meant
+by "fisherman's luck"? What is his net for? What makes you think the
+fisherman is going home now? Why does he not use his sail? Why does he
+have a flat-bottomed boat? How does a good sailor care for his boat
+and sails? What is a "sailor's knot"? Of what use is it? Why does the
+fisherman wear a rubber hat and coat? How many think the little girl
+is helping? Why do you think her father is so pleased to have her try?
+What has she on her head? around her neck? What time of the year do
+you think it is?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= The children might be allowed to draw or cut out a
+sailboat and a fisherman's hat.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Very little is known about the boyhood of
+the man who painted this picture. His paintings were usually of
+fisherfolk, and of boats on the water. We know that in 1886 he came to
+America and spent one year in New York City. It was during this time
+that he painted his picture of Brooklyn Bridge, now in the museum in
+Le Havre, the town in France where he died. "A Helping Hand" is the
+most popular of his pictures, and may be seen in the Corcoran Gallery
+at Washington, D.C.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What class of
+people did he like to paint? What did he paint during his visit to
+America? Where may this picture be seen?
+
+
+
+
+THE STRAWBERRY GIRL
+
+ =Original Picture:= Wallace Collection, London, England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (rĕn´´ŭldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+do you think she is going? What has she on her arm? What is it for?
+Why do you suppose she stands so still? Do you think she looks
+frightened, or shy? What has she on her head? How is she dressed? How
+is she holding her hands? Why would she not carry strawberries in her
+apron? What can you see behind her? How many of you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= We all know the story about the great
+artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, and his picture called "Angels' Heads."
+We know, too, how very fond of children he was, and how much they
+liked to go to see him.
+
+Having no children of his own, perhaps he would not have understood them
+so well if his little niece had not come to live with him when she was a
+very little girl. Her name was Theophila Palmer, but every one called
+her "Offy." When her father died the family was left very poor, and so
+Sir Joshua Reynolds wanted to help her mother, who was his sister. He
+offered to adopt Offy as his own little daughter and to take her home to
+live with him and his sister in his great house in London.
+
+After living on a farm out in the country all her life, you can
+imagine how excited Offy was when it was finally decided that she
+should go. Her uncle came for her in that same big coach or carriage
+in which little Frances Isabelle Gordon liked so much to ride.
+
+What a fine time she must have had playing in the great yard with Sir
+Joshua, and with the children who came to him to have their pictures
+painted! Very often she would go home to see her mother and sister.
+Then Sir Joshua would send his carriage to bring them all back for a
+visit with him. What fun it was to show them all around the great
+house and yard! There were fine, large trees in the yard, and behind
+the house was a small garden with a strawberry patch at one end.
+
+One bright spring morning Offy woke up with a beautiful plan in her
+head. She would surprise her uncle. He had been so very busy she felt
+sure he had not looked at the strawberry bed for several days, and did
+not know the berries were ripe. She would take her little basket and
+pick it full of the largest ones for him.
+
+[Illustration: _The Strawberry Girl_]
+
+It was great fun hunting for them, and her basket was almost full when
+suddenly she heard steps. It was her uncle and two strange men who
+walked with him. She did not have time to hide, but stood there with
+her basket on her arm, waiting to hear what they would say.
+
+At first she thought her uncle was going to scold her, and that is why
+she looks so shy and half afraid. But no, Sir Joshua soon guessed why
+she was picking the strawberries, and he was very glad he could offer
+some to his friends. One of the men called Offy "the little strawberry
+girl," and kept her with him all the rest of the day.
+
+Sir Joshua seemed to like to look at her that day, and she was not
+surprised the next morning when he asked her to bring the basket and
+come into his studio, for he wanted to paint her picture. She had had
+her picture painted several times before, and knew just about what he
+would want her to do.
+
+But this time he had a surprise for her. It was a large mirror which
+he placed in such a way that she could look in it and see every stroke
+of his pencil and brush as he painted her. He had her stand just as
+she did when he surprised her out in the strawberry patch.
+
+As she watched him paint he talked to her about the garden and the
+strawberries. Then she told him how she used to gather wild
+strawberries out in the country, and that she and her sister and
+brother started very early in the morning because they wanted to find
+them while they were still wet with dew. There was one place not far
+from their house where there were many rocks, and one that was very
+large. The very largest, sweetest berries grew in the shade of this
+great rock. The children used to try to see who would reach it first;
+then they would divide the berries they found, for there were only a
+few of them, and all wanted a taste.
+
+As Offy told about the rock Sir Joshua Reynolds sketched it in the
+background of his picture, just as he thought it must have looked.
+
+The little girl looks as if she had just started away with her basket
+of berries when we stopped her to take her picture. She is looking
+straight at us, with her head bent forward a little as she smiles
+shyly at us with her big eyes. Her basket, cap, and dress seem strange
+to us, for little girls do not dress that way now. She looks quaint
+and old-fashioned as she stands there, with her hands clasped so
+primly. But one glance at her face tells us that she is just a merry,
+happy little child, ready to dart away at any moment for a romp in the
+woods we can see in the distance.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds always said that this was the best child's picture
+he ever painted.
+
+Offy was very happy in his home, and lived there until she grew up and
+married. Then when she had a little girl of her own she let her visit
+Sir Joshua and have her picture painted, too. It is Offy's little
+daughter we see in the picture called "Simplicity." Her name was Offy,
+too.
+
+With so many lovely pictures of children it is no wonder Sir Joshua
+Reynolds was called the "Prince of Child Painters."
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who painted this
+picture? What other picture of his have we studied? Who can tell
+something about Sir Joshua Reynolds? What little girl came to live with
+him? How did she happen to come? Where had she lived? Who brought her,
+and how? Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's house and yard. Where was the
+strawberry patch? What did Offy plan to do to surprise her uncle? What
+happened? What did one of the men call Offy? What did her uncle do the
+next morning? How was Offy surprised? Of what use was the mirror? Tell
+how Offy gathered strawberries in the country. Where did the largest
+berries grow? Why did Sir Joshua Reynolds paint the rock in the picture?
+What did he say about this picture? What became of Offy? Why do you
+think Sir Joshua Reynolds liked to paint this little girl?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Illustrate the story of a little girl picking
+strawberries. Use charcoal and manila paper. Ask some child to pose
+for the picture, and encourage the children to draw a background that
+tells the story.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= The great room or studio in which Sir Joshua
+Reynolds painted was a wonderful place for a child to visit. In it one
+could find all kinds of toys, as well as birds and other pets. Most of
+the children who came to see Sir Joshua were of very wealthy families,
+but he did not care for that. He always asked their mothers to please
+let them wear their oldest clothes so they could have a good time. In
+fact, he did not like fine clothes, and usually the children in his
+pictures are dressed so simply you cannot tell whether they are rich or
+poor. He played games with them and told them stories. They were always
+sure of a good time and so no wonder they liked to visit him.
+
+Many artists have been poor, and have had to work very hard just to
+earn enough to eat, but Sir Joshua was not one of these. He was
+fortunate in being able to sell all his pictures as fast as he could
+paint them and so always had plenty of money.
+
+Many strange stories are told of Joshua's father because he was such
+an absent-minded man. One day he rode to town on horseback. He was
+wearing high-topped boots which were so loose that one fell off while
+he was riding along. He did not notice it at all, for he was thinking
+of something else. But when he reached town and got off his horse he
+was very much surprised and embarrassed to find himself wearing only
+one boot.
+
+When Sir Joshua went to London to learn how to paint he wrote to his
+father, "While I am doing this, I am the happiest creature alive."
+After he had been away several years he met a young sailor, Admiral
+Keppel, who invited him to go on a long sail on the Mediterranean Sea.
+This was a great opportunity for Sir Joshua, and he was glad to go. He
+spent some time in Italy, and when he came home he painted a portrait
+of his friend, Admiral Keppel, which every one admired. It was this
+picture that first made him famous.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's studio.
+Why did children like to visit him? How did he wish them to dress?
+why? Tell about his father and the boot. Was Sir Joshua Reynolds rich
+or poor? When he was away from home, learning to paint, what did he
+write to his father? Tell about Admiral Keppel and his picture.
+
+
+
+
+THE RETURN TO THE FARM
+
+ =Original Picture:= The Louvre (l[=oo]´vr'), Paris, France.
+ =Artist:= Constant Troyon (trwä´yôn´´)
+ =Birthplace:= Sèvres (Sâ´´vr'), France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1810; died, 1865.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+are the animals going? Where do you think they have been? Who is
+driving them? What time of day do you think it is? Do you think it is
+a warm or a cold day? why? Which is the leader of the sheep? Notice
+the knees of the animals. What do they show? Where is the donkey? Why
+does the dog seem so anxious? From what direction are the animals
+coming? See if you can find any two sheep just alike. What can you see
+in the distance? Where is the shady part in the picture? Do you like
+this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= It is at the close of day; the cows, the
+sheep, and the donkey have been out in the pasture all day, and when
+the dog and his master came for them they were ready to start for home.
+
+We can hardly see the man in the picture. He is walking along the
+river bank farther back. Perhaps he is walking slowly so as to give
+the cows time to wade out into that cool little pond, where they can
+drink and refresh themselves. But the dog feels that he must look
+after them, so he tries his best to keep them out of the water. That
+one dark cow has just about made up her mind to follow the others into
+the water, and the dog is barking at her, trying to persuade her not
+to go. The cow just leaving the water turns around to call the rest,
+half wishing to go back herself. When the man comes along they will
+know it is time for them to be on their way again.
+
+The dog has an anxious time of it, for he never knows when the sheep,
+too, may see a green field and start away from the road in spite of
+him. Even now one is looking away from the leader.
+
+The donkey seems to be following along very quietly. It may be that
+the man has stayed behind to look after him, or perhaps there are more
+cattle coming around the curve in the road, or stopping to rest in the
+deep shade of those heavy trees.
+
+This picture was painted in France, but it might well have been done
+in our own country, for we have all seen grass-covered, shady roads
+like this one, and just such a group of animals. Is it not strange
+that, although all the animals in the road are coming toward us, no
+two are in the same position?
+
+[Illustration: _The Return to the Farm_]
+
+The sun is steadily going down; soon all the animals will be at home,
+the cows will be milked, the sheep safe in the fold, and the donkey in
+his stall. Then the good old dog will be glad to have his supper and
+lie down and rest. It is wonderful how much a dog can help on a farm,
+and how many steps he saves the farmer by his willing, cheerful help.
+It is very unusual indeed to find a farmer without a dog.
+
+If you look at the long shadows on the road of the sheep and the cows
+you can tell easily in what direction they are going so late in the
+afternoon.
+
+Constant Troyon, the man who painted this picture, delighted in painting
+groups of animals coming toward us. No matter where we stand, so long
+as we can see them, they are coming to meet us. It makes us feel as if
+we must step aside and let them pass, they are so real.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who goes after the
+cows and sheep? Where will they find them? Where is the man in the
+picture? Why do you suppose he is walking slowly? What does the dog
+think he must do? What is he trying to persuade that dark cow not to do?
+What does the cow which is just leaving the water seem to want to do?
+Why does the dog look so worried? Where was this picture painted? Where
+have you seen a road that looks like this? What will probably happen
+when these cows and sheep reach home? Of what use is the dog? Why do
+most farmers have a dog? How can a dog help his master in the city? In
+what direction are the cows and sheep going? What makes you think so?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= When Constant Troyon was a little boy he
+used to love to go to visit his father at the big factory where all
+kinds of china and pottery were made. He liked to watch the men
+decorate the china, and as soon as he was old enough he went into the
+factory and learned how to do it himself. This was the way he first
+learned how to draw.
+
+He was not long content with china painting, however, and soon began
+painting large pictures of places he cared about near home. He would
+take his paints and search out just the place he liked to paint; then
+he would stay there all day long, as happy as could be.
+
+At first he painted just because he liked to, and did not try to paint
+pictures to sell or to please others, for he earned all the money he
+needed in the porcelain factory. After a while his friends persuaded
+him to exhibit his paintings so that all the people could see them,
+and when he did so he was amazed to find that every one admired them,
+and that he had become very popular.
+
+Of a powerful frame, he could be seen tramping about in all kinds of
+weather. He made friends wherever he went, for he was always
+good-natured and kind-hearted. People usually speak of him as a painter
+of cattle, but he painted quite as many pictures of sheep and dogs.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did he
+like to paint best? Where did Constant Troyon learn to draw? What was
+made at his father's factory? What did Troyon do when he was old
+enough? Where did he paint his large pictures? Why did he paint? How
+did people like his pictures? How did they like him? What other
+animals did he like to paint besides cattle?
+
+
+
+
+THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+=Studying the picture.= Several days before the lesson is to be taken
+up, the picture to be studied should be placed where every pupil can
+see it.
+
+First of all, the children should find out for themselves what is in
+the picture. The questions accompanying the story of each picture are
+intended to help them to do this.
+
+
+=Language work.= The pupils should be encouraged in class to talk
+freely and naturally. In this way the lesson becomes a language
+exercise in which the pupils will gain in freedom of expression and in
+the ability to form clear mental images.
+
+If a lesson does not occupy the entire drawing period, the children
+should be asked to retell the story of the picture.
+
+
+=Dramatization and drawing.= Most of the stories told by the pictures
+lend themselves readily to dramatization and, whenever practicable,
+such stories should be acted out. The stories also offer numerous
+interesting situations that may be used as subjects for drawing lessons.
+
+
+=The review lesson.= The review lesson should cover all pictures and
+artists studied throughout the year. At this time other pictures
+available by the same artists should be on exhibition.
+
+The review work may be conducted as a contest in which the pictures
+are held up, one at a time, while the class writes the name of the
+picture and the artist on slips of paper which have been prepared and
+numbered for that purpose. One teacher who used this device surprised
+her class by presenting those whose lists were correct with their
+choice of any of the large-sized Perry pictures studied.
+
+Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for composition
+work, although the description of pictures is often given as an
+English lesson. Pupils may write a description of their favorite
+picture. In fact, the lessons can be made to correlate with history,
+geography, English, spelling, reading, or nature study.
+
+In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils shall
+become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize them as
+old friends whenever and wherever they may see them.
+
+It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the interest
+awakened by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation and
+understanding of the artist's work. Thus the children will have many
+happy hours and will learn to love the good, the true, and the
+beautiful in everything about them.
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note:
+
+
+* Text enclosed between equal signs was in bold face in the original
+(=bold=).
+
+* Some words have accents of different weights. The heavier accent is
+marked double (''). (Example: bo'nur'')
+
+* Pg 21 Pronunciation guide for (zhäN fräN´ swä´ mēlĕ´´)
+presents a Latin letter small capital "N", a voiced uvular nasal.
+
+* Pg 37 Emile Renouf (rẽ n[=oo]f´´) and Pg 51 Louvre (l[=oo]´vr')
+contains [=oo] representing a "long oo" sound not represented in any
+charts.
+
+* Pg 41 Changed "where" to "Where" in "How does he go? where?".]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32489-0.txt or 32489-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/4/8/32489/
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/32489-0.zip b/32489-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..172b70c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-0.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-8.txt b/32489-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78da089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1815 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories Pictures Tell
+ Book Two
+
+Author: Flora Carpenter
+
+Release Date: May 23, 2010 [EBook #32489]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Book title decoration]
+
+ STORIES
+ PICTURES TELL
+
+ BOOK TWO
+
+ _By_
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+ _Instructor in drawing in Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio
+ Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois_
+
+ _Illustrated with Half Tones from
+ Original Photographs_
+
+ RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
+ CHICAGO NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+ _Copyright, 1918, by_
+ RAND MCNALLY & COMPANY
+
+[Illustration: Publisher's symbol]
+
+ Made in U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+THE CONTENTS
+
+
+ SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER PAGE
+
+ "Shoeing the Bay Mare" _Landseer_ 1
+
+ "Angels' Heads" _Reynolds_ 13
+
+
+ NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, AND JANUARY
+
+ "The First Step" _Millet_ 21
+
+ "A Fascinating Tale" _Mme Ronner_ 29
+
+ FEBRUARY AND MARCH
+
+ "A Helping Hand" _Renouf_ 37
+
+ "The Strawberry Girl" _Reynolds_ 43
+
+ APRIL, MAY, AND JUNE
+
+ "The Return to the Farm" _Troyon_ 51
+
+ Review of Pictures and Artists Studied
+
+ _The Suggestions to Teachers_ 56
+
+
+
+
+THE PREFACE
+
+
+Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study work in
+each grade, recommending the study of certain pictures by well-known
+masters. As Supervisor of Drawing I found that the children enjoyed
+this work but that the teachers felt incompetent to conduct the
+lessons as they lacked time to look up the subject and to gather
+adequate material. Recourse to a great many books was necessary and
+often while much information could usually be found about the artist,
+very little was available about his pictures.
+
+Hence I began collecting information about the pictures and preparing
+the lessons for the teachers just as I would give them myself to
+pupils of their grade.
+
+My plan does not include many pictures during the year, as this is to
+be only a part of the art work and is not intended to take the place
+of drawing.
+
+The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing period of
+from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully given in
+that time. However, the most satisfactory way of using the books is as
+supplementary readers, thus permitting each child to study the
+pictures and read the stories himself.
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+
+[Illustration: SHOEING THE BAY MARE]
+
+
+
+
+STORIES PICTURES TELL
+
+
+
+
+SHOEING THE BAY MARE
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Edwin Landseer (l[)a]nd´´s[=e]r).
+ =Birthplace:= London, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1802; died, 1873.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What is the man in this picture doing?
+How many have watched a blacksmith shoe a horse? Why does he wear an
+apron made of leather? From what do the sparks fly? What has the
+blacksmith in his hand? Why do you suppose this horse wears no halter?
+What other animals do you see in this picture? Which has the larger
+ears, the donkey or the horse? Which seems to have the softer coat?
+Which can run the faster? What do you see on the donkey's back? What
+kind of dog is that in the picture? Why do you suppose the hound is so
+interested in what the blacksmith is doing? What else can you see in
+the picture? What makes you think the man is fond of animals? Where is
+the bird? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Here in a building that once may have been
+a home, we see an old-fashioned country blacksmith shop. The wide door
+has been made in two parts so that the upper part can be swung open to
+let in the sunlight. The lower part of the doorway remains closed and
+is just high enough to keep the horse and donkey shut in. But the dog
+could easily jump over it should he become frightened by the flying
+sparks of fire.
+
+The smith is trying a shoe on the hind foot of the beautiful horse,
+but neither the man nor the horse seems quite satisfied with it. The
+horse has an anxious look in her intelligent eyes as she turns her
+head to watch the smith. Though she knows he will do the work
+carefully she cannot help being a little nervous about it. The dog and
+the donkey are also very much interested in what the smith is doing,
+though the dog seems ready to run at any moment. Behind the dog we see
+the blacksmith's anvil on which he hammers the shoe into shape. Every
+time the hammer strikes the red-hot iron, burning sparks fly in all
+directions and the blacksmith wears a leather apron, to keep them from
+burning holes in his clothes.
+
+On the ground beside the blacksmith is a box in which are the tools
+the smith must use. It has a handle so that the smith may carry it
+with him and place it within reach when he is fitting the shoe.
+
+Years ago, when the artist painted this picture, a blacksmith had to
+make each shoe by hand from a bar of iron. Now horseshoes are made
+rapidly by machinery and the blacksmith gets them from the factory. They
+are made in all shapes and sizes and the smith will try several shoes
+until he finds one that fits the horse's hoof. If it needs to be shaped
+a little he must heat it red hot before he can bend it. He puts it into
+the great bed of red-hot coals in his forge, and then blows upon the
+coals with his bellows to make the fire hotter. His heavy iron tongs are
+used to take the red-hot shoe from the coals and to hold it upon the
+anvil while he pounds it into shape. Next he drops it into cold water
+until it is cool enough to try on. The smith must be a strong man to do
+his work well, and in this picture our attention is drawn to the great
+muscles on his arms and the firm strength of his large hands.
+
+It takes great skill to drive the nails into the horse's hoof in just
+such a way that they will hold the shoe firmly and at the same time
+not hurt the hoof. Sometimes, but not very often, a blacksmith drives
+a nail in the wrong direction, and the horse becomes lame. Horses grow
+accustomed to being shod, and seem to like to have comfortable new
+shoes put on. How glad they must be in the winter to have their hoofs
+sharp shod, so they do not slip on the ice!
+
+Betty, the bay mare in this picture, liked to be shod, and as she never
+wore a halter and could go where she pleased, she sometimes went to see
+the blacksmith. The story is told that one day while she was galloping
+over the fields one of her shoes became loose. Betty seemed to know just
+what to do; it was not long before the blacksmith heard a gentle neigh,
+and there was Betty with her head over the gate, asking to be let in.
+Once inside she held up the foot with the loose shoe for the blacksmith
+to fix. You may be sure he patted her velvety neck, and told her that he
+knew just what the trouble was and would fix her up all right.
+
+The shaggy little donkey you see in the picture had to wait until the
+blacksmith had attended to Betty. But he did not care about having his
+shoes fixed anyway, and so did not mind waiting.
+
+The man who owned Betty was Mr. Jacob Bell, and he was so proud of her
+that he wanted her picture painted. In fact, once when Betty had had a
+beautiful colt, Mr. Bell asked Sir Edwin Landseer to paint a picture of
+the two together. But the artist had such a long waiting list of animals
+to paint that he did not get around to Betty's turn for a long time.
+Betty had another colt, but it, too, had grown to be as tall as Betty
+herself before Sir Edwin Landseer at last came out to see her.
+
+He came on the very day that Betty paid her visit to the blacksmith
+shop, and so it was there that Mr. Bell took the artist to see her.
+Landseer had planned to paint the horse out in the green fields; but
+when he saw her in the blacksmith shop, watching every movement of the
+smith with such perfect understanding in her great, intelligent eyes,
+he decided to paint her there.
+
+One can see at a glance that this horse is well cared for; her silky
+coat makes us wish to pet her. Notice the white star-shaped mark on
+her forehead.
+
+The hound must have followed the horse, for he does not look as if he
+belonged in the blacksmith shop. He seems to be a little afraid of the
+hot tongs placed in front of him, and looks as if he might run away
+the next time the sparks begin to fly.
+
+That sleepy-looking little donkey must belong to some child, for you
+can see the saddle on his back. Probably some boy will call for him,
+and ride him home.
+
+Notice how the light comes in through the upper half of the doorway
+and falls upon the figures. Can you see where the light from the fire
+in the forge is shining?
+
+We cannot see the bird in the cage hanging from the roof of the
+blacksmith shop, but no doubt it sang very merrily on the bright sunny
+day this must have been. The smith has placed its cage a safe distance
+from the heat, and where it can get plenty of air and sunlight. No doubt
+they are great friends, but how the bird must wish to try its wings in a
+long flight up beyond the treetops and into the bright blue sky!
+
+When the shoe is fixed the blacksmith will open the door and Betty
+will trot home by herself. No wonder Mr. Bell was proud of a horse
+that knew so much and was so beautiful. Would you not like to have a
+horse like Betty?
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= When a horse
+needs new shoes, where does its owner take it? What is the name of the
+horse in our picture? Why did Betty come to the blacksmith shop? How
+did she let the blacksmith know what she wanted? Does she seem pleased
+with the shoe he is trying on? How can he make it fit? Why does he
+heat the shoe red hot? Upon what does he place the red-hot shoe to
+pound it into shape? On the blackboard draw a picture of an anvil.
+What does the blacksmith use when he blows the coals to make a hotter
+fire? With what does he hold the hot shoes? Why does he put them in
+cold water before trying them on? How does he fasten the shoe on the
+horse's hoof? Why does it not hurt a horse to be shod? What do you see
+on the donkey's back? Of what is the dog afraid? What does the
+blacksmith wear to keep the sparks from burning his clothes? Why is
+that low gate placed in the doorway? To whom did Betty belong? Who
+came to paint her picture? Why did he paint her in the blacksmith
+shop? What makes you think she was well cared for? Why do you suppose
+she is so gentle and patient? Where does the light in the picture come
+from? Why do you like Betty?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Have the pupils memorize the following lines from
+Longfellow's _The Village Blacksmith_:
+
+ And children coming home from school
+ Look in at the open door;
+ They love to see the flaming forge,
+ And hear the bellows roar,
+ And catch the burning sparks that fly
+ Like chaff from a threshing-floor.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Edwin Landseer had three sisters and two
+brothers who liked to draw and paint as well as he did. The father was
+an artist, and he taught them all how to draw when they were very young.
+
+They lived in the country, and often the father went with his children
+for a walk through the fields. There were two very large fields
+separated from each other by a fence with an old-fashioned stile for a
+gate. This stile had several steps, and was built high so that the
+sheep and cows could not jump over. One day when Edwin was six years
+old, and so little that he had to be lifted over this stile, his
+father tells us that "At his request I lifted him over, and finding a
+scrap of paper and a pencil in my pocket, I made him sketch a cow."
+After this Edwin came here nearly every day, and his father called
+these two fields "Edwin's studio."
+
+When Edwin was only thirteen years old two of his pictures were
+exhibited at the Royal Academy. One was a portrait of a mule; the
+other, of a dog and puppies.
+
+Edwin painted always from life, not caring to make copies from the
+work of others. All the sketches he made when he was a little boy were
+carefully kept by the father, and now if you go to England you may see
+them in the South Kensington Museum in London.
+
+Edwin, we are told, was a bright, gentle little boy, with blue eyes
+and light curly hair. At fourteen years of age he became a pupil at
+the Royal Academy. The keeper there was an old man who grew very fond
+of the boy. He would look all about for him, and if he could not find
+him he would say, "Where is my little dog boy?" At this time Edwin had
+three dogs of his own, which he called Brutus, Vixen, and Boxer. They
+were his inseparable companions, and so intelligent that they seemed
+almost able to speak.
+
+For many years he lived and painted in his father's house in a poor
+little room without even a carpet. All the furniture, we are told,
+consisted of three cheap chairs and an easel. Later, he had a fine
+studio not far from a park. There was a small house and garden here,
+and the barn was made over into a studio.
+
+Sir Edwin was not a very good business man, and he left the management
+of all his affairs to his father, who sold his pictures for him and
+kept his accounts.
+
+Landseer was only sixteen years old when he exhibited his wonderful
+picture called "Fighting Dogs Getting Wind." A very rich man whose
+praise meant a great deal at that time bought the picture, and Sir
+Edwin's success was assured. After that so many people brought their
+pets for him to paint that he had to keep a list, and each must wait
+his turn.
+
+It was about this time, too, that he painted an old white horse in the
+stable of another wealthy man. After the picture was finished, ready
+to deliver, it suddenly disappeared. Search was made for it
+everywhere, but it was not found until twenty-four years afterwards. A
+servant had stolen it and hidden it in a hayloft. He was afraid to
+sell it, or even to keep it in his home, for every one would recognize
+the great artist's work.
+
+At the age of twenty-four, Landseer became a member of the Royal
+Academy, which was an unusual honor for so young a man.
+
+The story is told that at an evening party in the home of a well-known
+leader of society in London where Landseer was present, the guests had
+been talking about skill with the hands. One of the guests said that
+no one had ever been found who could draw two things at once. Landseer
+remarked, "Oh, I can do that; lend me two pencils, and I will show you."
+
+He then quickly drew the head of a horse with one hand, at the same
+time drawing a deer's head and antlers with the other hand. Both
+sketches were so good that they might well have been drawn with the
+same hand and with much more study.
+
+Landseer made a special study of lions, too, and painted many pictures
+of them. The great lions at the base of the famous Nelson Monument in
+Trafalgar Square, London, were modeled by him.
+
+Although Landseer painted so many wild animals, birds, and hunting
+scenes, he did not care to hunt or shoot. Sometimes he would hire
+guides to take him into the wildest parts in search of game. But these
+guides felt thoroughly disgusted with him when, a great wild deer
+bounding toward them, he would merely make a sketch of it in his book.
+
+Landseer knew how to use a gun, however, and sometimes did use it with
+great success. But it was the study of live animals that interested
+him most. He often said that to kill a bird was to lose it.
+
+He believed that animals understand, feel, and reason just like people;
+so he represented them in his pictures as happy, sad, gay, dignified,
+frivolous, rich, poor, and in all ways just like human beings.
+
+Landseer did and said all he could against the custom of cutting, or
+"cropping," the ears of dogs. He said that nature intended to protect
+the ears of dogs that "dig in the dirt," and man should not interfere.
+People paid a great deal of attention to what he said, and the custom
+lost favor.
+
+In 1850 the honor of knighthood was conferred upon Landseer. He was
+popular alike with patron and peasant, and no English painter has ever
+been more appreciated in his own country.
+
+Landseer died in London in 1873, at the age of seventy-one.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= What can you tell about the artist who
+painted this picture? Where did he live when he was a boy? How many
+brothers and sisters did he have? Where did they often walk with their
+father? What separated the two fields? How many of you ever saw a
+stile? What animal did Edwin sketch first? Where was "Edwin's studio"?
+What became of the pictures Edwin drew and painted when he was a boy?
+Tell about the keeper of the Royal Academy and Edwin; tell about Edwin
+and his picture of an old white horse; tell about his fine new studio.
+How did Sir Edwin Landseer think animals felt and understood? Tell how
+he went hunting. How well could he draw with his left hand? Why did
+people like him? Why do you think he was a great artist?
+
+
+
+
+ANGELS' HEADS
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (r[)e]n´´[)u]ldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Why
+do you think these heads look alike? How do they differ? How many are
+looking up? Which one is looking right at you? Where are the others
+looking? Where does the light come from? Where does the ray of light
+strike each head? Which looks the happiest? the most thoughtful? Which
+one seems to be singing? Which one do you like best? why? How many
+know a little girl with blue eyes and light hair who looks something
+like one of these?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Far back in a beautiful yard, so large
+that it was almost a park, was a house so fine that people drove past
+just to see it. In this house lived a nobleman, his wife, and one
+lovely little daughter. Their names were Lord and Lady William Gordon,
+and the little girl's name was Frances Isabelle Gordon. Perhaps you
+have already guessed that she was the little girl we see in this
+picture. And this is how she happened to have her picture painted:
+The artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, was a great friend of Lord and Lady
+Gordon and used to visit them very often. He would ride in a splendid
+carriage which was gilded and carved on the outside and decorated with
+wonderful pictures painted by himself. He had a coachman and footman,
+too, and when he came riding up the long driveway, little Frances must
+have run out to see the great carriage, for no one else had one like it.
+
+Soon Sir Joshua Reynolds and Frances Isabelle became great friends. He
+could tell such good stories! And then he liked to play games with
+her, and above all he liked to tease her. But she did not mind his
+teasing, for she could run away from him when she did not like it.
+
+Sometimes he would invite her to ride home with him in his carriage.
+Then he would show her his studio where he painted, and let her play
+with some of the toys he always kept ready for his little friends. Very
+likely her mother would tell him to send her home in an hour. How she
+must have enjoyed the ride back all alone in the big carriage, with the
+tall coachman and footman sitting so straight! No doubt she pretended
+she was a great lady riding in state, and sat very still and proper.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds loved this little girl very much, and he was glad
+indeed when one day her mother brought her to have her picture painted.
+
+[Illustration: _Angels' Heads_]
+
+There were no photograph galleries then such as we have now, so there
+was no other way to have one's picture taken. The great artist put
+his piece of canvas on an easel and mixed his colors. Then he told
+Frances Isabelle just where to sit. Although Sir Joshua Reynolds
+painted very rapidly, she had to sit still for a long time, and come
+several days, before the picture could be finished.
+
+First he drew her looking straight at him watching him arrange his
+paints. Then he began to make sketches of her in different positions,
+but he liked her so much in all, that he could not decide which one to
+use. Finally, he thought of painting them all in one picture. Then, as
+little Frances looked so lovely and so like an angel, he decided to
+add the wings and clouds and call his picture "Angels' Heads."
+
+You see at that time, not having any photographers, no one thought of
+showing a person in different positions all in one picture as we do
+nowadays. People were very glad then to have one good picture of their
+friends.
+
+Imagine how pleased and delighted Lord and Lady Gordon must have been
+with these five pictures instead of one, and all so like their little
+girl! The angel heads seem to be floating in the clouds, their faces
+lighted up by the bright ray of sunlight which is reflected in the
+golden hair of each. For Frances Isabelle had the most beautiful
+golden hair and the bluest of blue eyes.
+
+The head at the lower left-hand side of the picture is serious and
+thoughtful, as if some hard question had to be answered. The one just
+above seems quiet, as if listening to the two other angels, who are
+singing happily. These four have quite forgotten us, but the little
+girl who looks straight at us seems to be right here in the room,
+watching us and wondering about us. A happy, healthy little girl, she
+looks as if she would like to run and play with us. Such a sweet,
+winsome face! No wonder Sir Joshua loved her very much.
+
+People came from far and near to see this beautiful painting when it
+was finished. Finally, years later, Lord and Lady Gordon gave it to
+the city of London to hang in the National Gallery of paintings for
+all to see. There it still hangs, and people who go to London always
+look for it, and find it just as lovely as ever.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Of whom is this
+a picture? Where did she live? How did she happen to have her picture
+painted? Who painted it? What kind of a carriage did he have? What did
+he sometimes ask her to do? Why did she not go to a photographer to
+have her picture taken? How long did it take Sir Joshua Reynolds to
+paint her picture? Why did he paint so many pictures of her? Why did
+he call the picture "Angels' Heads"? How many faces are looking at
+us? Where do they seem to be? Which one is the prettiest? Did Lord and
+Lady Gordon like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Joshua Reynolds's father was a teacher
+in a private school, and to this school Joshua was sent as soon as he
+was old enough. Even when a very little boy Joshua liked to draw. He
+liked so well to draw that it was very hard for him to study in
+school. He always saw so many things to draw that he could not wait
+until after school, but drew them on the back of his lesson papers.
+
+One day he drew all over his number paper, and when he handed it in,
+his father could not read the numbers on account of the drawing. His
+father was disappointed because his son's paper did not look so neat
+as the other boys', and so he wrote at the top of the paper, "Done by
+Joshua out of pure idleness."
+
+Joshua had five brothers and sisters who liked to draw just as well as
+he did, and who could all draw very much better than he could.
+
+It took so much paper and so many pencils for all his children, that
+finally the father told them they might draw on the walls of the
+halls. These walls had been whitewashed and the children used burnt
+sticks for pencils.
+
+At first the older brothers and sisters used to help little Joshua by
+guiding his hand, but he soon learned to draw as well as they. His
+first drawings had been so funny that they had laughed at him. Now
+they praised him instead.
+
+When he was only eight years old Joshua drew a picture that every one
+praised very much. It was a picture of the schoolhouse. His father was
+so pleased when he saw it that he said, "This is wonderful!"
+
+In the little town where Joshua lived the people went to church on
+Sundays, of course, and sometimes also during the week. One day,
+Joshua went to church. At first he sat very still; but the sermon was
+a very long one, and finally he grew so tired he could not listen
+another minute. He thought he would like to draw a picture of the
+minister, but he had nothing to draw it on. Then he remembered that he
+had a pencil in his pocket, and that he could draw the picture on his
+thumb nail. That is just what he did.
+
+The church was near the river, and after church Joshua went down to
+the river bank. Finding a piece of an old sail, he carried it to a
+boathouse, and here, from the picture on his thumb nail, he drew on
+the piece of sail the portrait of the minister. Then he painted it,
+using common paint such as is used to paint boats. Joshua was only
+eleven years old, and had finished his first oil painting. His father
+had wanted him to be a doctor, but after seeing this picture he
+decided to let Joshua have his own way and be a painter. He sent him
+to a good teacher, and lived to see his son a great artist.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did Sir
+Joshua Reynolds like to do when he was a boy? Who was his teacher? How
+did he spoil his number paper? Why was his father disappointed? How
+many brothers and sisters did he have? On what did they draw? With
+what did they draw? How old was Joshua when he drew the picture of the
+schoolhouse? What did his father say when he saw this picture? How did
+Joshua happen to paint a picture of the minister? On what did he make
+his first sketch? Where did he finish the picture? On what did he
+paint it? What kind of paints did he use? What did Joshua's father
+want him to be when he grew up? After he had seen this picture, what
+did he say Joshua might be? Why do we want to remember him?
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST STEP
+
+ =Artist:= Jean François Millet (zhäN fräN´ swä´ m[=e]l[)e]´´).
+ =Birthplace:= Gruchy, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1814; died, 1875.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? What is
+the father doing? Who holds the baby? What is the baby trying to do? Why
+is the picture called "The First Step"? How many have a baby brother or
+sister who is just learning to walk? What has the father been doing? Why
+do you think so? Why did he stop? What is on the ground beside him? How
+is the man dressed? Where do these people live? What separates the house
+from the garden? What can you see next to the fence? Why do you think it
+is not a very warm day? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= One bright day in the early fall of the
+year, when the leaves of the trees were thickest and the woodbine on
+the fence was just beginning to turn red, a little child was fretting
+to go outdoors. He was tired of staying in when all was beautiful
+outside, and he wanted his mother to stop her work and take him out
+into the sunshine, to the garden where his father was working. And by
+and by that is just what she did. Putting on her own cap, and a bonnet
+on the child's head, so there would be no danger of his taking cold,
+she carried him out to the old fence.
+
+When the father saw them coming through the gate he dropped his spade
+and started to meet them. The little boy began to wave his arms,
+impatient to reach his father. Then the mother thought this would be a
+good time to let him try to walk. Placing him on the ground, she holds
+him safely while the father holds out his arms invitingly.
+
+See, the baby has stepped forward! Now the mother will let him try to
+walk alone, keeping close behind, and ready to catch him if he should
+fall, until he reaches his father's arms. How proud they will be when
+their baby takes his first step all alone! He has been creeping and
+crawling for a long time, but now he is big enough to stand on his feet.
+
+This family of hard-working peasants have little time for play; they
+must work to keep up their home. The father, as you see, has been
+digging potatoes with that heavy spade. He will put them in his
+wheelbarrow and take them to the house. Perhaps he will have enough to
+last him all winter, and some to sell, too.
+
+The potatoes he wants to keep he will bury in the ground. In those
+days very few people had cellars in which to keep their vegetables.
+Instead, they would dig a great hole in the ground, line it with
+straw, and then put the potatoes in, covering them with straw and
+earth. Then, instead of going to the grocery to buy potatoes as we do,
+they went out into the yard and dug them up.
+
+[Illustration: _The First Step_]
+
+No doubt the father made this fence, the spade, the pitchfork, and
+even the wheelbarrow we see in the picture, while the mother, we are
+sure, made all their clothes except the wooden shoes. Perhaps the
+father made them.
+
+In those days the mothers could not go down to the store to buy the
+goods for their clothes as we do now. Instead they spun thread out of
+flax or wool, and then wove it into cloth on a great loom something
+like the small looms we use in school to make rugs and hammocks. This
+they usually did during the winter when there was less work to do, for
+there were so many more things that had to be done during the summer
+than during the winter.
+
+In summer they had to take care of the fruit just as our mothers do.
+But they did not know anything about canning it,--they would cook it a
+long time and make preserves or else they would dry it. They dried
+most of their fruit, making it just like the dried apples, peaches,
+and apricots we buy at the store.
+
+In France, where this picture was painted, the women worked out in the
+fields just like the men. So you see how very busy they must have
+been. And yet they always found time to love and care for their little
+children.
+
+We do not know even the name of this baby, or of his mother or father.
+The artist, Millet, thought that of no importance at all. He did not
+even care to show us their faces, any more than he would care to show
+us the buttons on their clothes. The important thing is the love and
+tenderness of this mother and father as they stop their work to guide,
+help, and encourage their baby in taking his first step. All his life
+the baby will find them never too tired or weary to help him when he
+needs it most.
+
+Peasants like these, we know, lived in France, and as a rule they were
+very poor, although the two in our picture seem thrifty and
+comfortable. The trees, even the grass growing up beside the fence,
+seem sturdy and strong like the peasants to whom they belong.
+
+We feel the strength of the father's extended arms, so ready and able
+to protect this baby. The mother, too, will do her share. Even the
+trees seem to bend toward these three as if to assure them of their
+protection.
+
+This is a simple, homelike picture, whose chief beauty lies in its
+strong appeal to our feeling of sympathy with, and interest in, these
+honest country people.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= What has the man
+been doing? With what did he dig the potatoes? Where will he put them?
+Why does he not put them in the cellar? How will he keep them all
+winter? How will he bury them? Who made these peasants' clothes? the
+wheelbarrow, the spade, and the pitchfork? Why did they not buy them?
+How did the mother make the cloth for their clothes? When did she do
+this? What must she do during the summer? How did they keep their
+fruit? Why do you think they are a happy family?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Jean François Millet was the son of French
+peasants who must have been very much like the father and mother in
+this picture. But a picture of Millet's boyhood would not be complete
+unless it included his grandmother. You see, that dear old lady rocked
+him to sleep, played with him, and kept him happy all day long while
+his mother, like all French peasants, worked out in the fields with
+his father.
+
+It was she who was the first to discover that her little grandson
+liked to draw. His first drawings were copies of pictures in his
+grandmother's old illustrated Bible. He would listen to stories read
+to him from the Bible and then he would take a piece of chalk and draw
+a picture of what happened in the story.
+
+Soon he began to draw large, bold pictures which covered the stone
+wall of their house. The grandmother was much pleased! She found a new
+story to read or tell him nearly every day.
+
+Of course his father and mother saw the pictures as soon as they came
+home, and encouraged the boy as much as they could. The father liked
+to draw, too, but he could not see why Millet should be making up
+pictures from imagination when there were so many real things to draw.
+So he called his son's attention to the trees, the fields, and houses
+in the distance, and soon the boy began to draw these, too.
+
+One Sunday when Millet was coming home from church he met an old man,
+his back bent over a cane as he walked slowly along. Something about the
+bent figure made Millet feel he would like to draw a picture of the man
+just as he looked then. Taking a piece of charcoal from his pocket, he
+drew a picture of him from memory. He drew it on a stone wall, and as
+people passed that way they recognized the man. All liked the picture
+very much, and told Millet so. His father, too, was delighted, and
+decided that his son should have a chance to become an artist.
+
+One day the two went to an artist who lived in a neighboring town and
+showed him some of Millet's sketches. The artist was amazed, and at
+first would not believe the boy had drawn them. You may be sure he was
+glad to have this bright boy for a pupil. But Millet studied with him
+only two months, when he was called home by the death of his father.
+
+At first it seemed as if they needed him so much at home he would
+never be able to go on with his studies. But soon the good people in
+the little village collected a sum of money and gave it to Millet,
+telling him it was for him to use to go to Paris and study. Millet was
+almost a grown man by this time, and you may be sure he was grateful
+and that he worked very hard while in Paris. But people did not like
+his pictures, and he was very poor. Other artists painted pictures of
+beautiful people dressed in fine clothes and living in rich homes, and
+so nobody cared for Millet's poor, humble peasants, dressed in their
+working clothes and doing the work they had to do.
+
+It was not until Millet was an old man that people began to appreciate
+his work. Now most of those fashionable artists of his time have been
+forgotten, while the paintings of Jean François Millet have become
+more and more valuable.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Where did the artist live? Who took care
+of Millet when he was little? Why was his mother away from home so
+much? Who was the first one to see his drawings? What did he draw?
+What did he use to make the drawings? Who helped him? how? How did his
+father help him? Tell about the old man leaning on a cane. Where did
+Millet draw his picture? Who saw it? What did they say? Where did his
+father take him to study? What did the artist think when he saw
+Millet's sketches? Why did Millet go home? What did his neighbors do
+for him? Where did he go then? Why was he so poor there? Why did not
+people like his pictures? What do people think of his pictures now?
+
+
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ =Artist:= Madame Henriette Ronner (rön´´n[~e]r).
+ =Birthplace:= Amsterdam, Holland.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1821. Still living, 1916.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= In what room are these kittens? Why do
+you think so? Where is the mother cat? the kittens? What are they
+looking at? Why do you think the mouse does not know that the kittens
+can see his tail? Which one do you think will catch the mouse? Which
+one has the sharpest eyes? Which one looks frightened? Which one looks
+surprised? Why do you suppose they did not catch the mouse before it
+tried to hide? If they keep very still, what will the mouse think?
+What will he do? What will happen then? What is on the table beside
+the kittens? What may happen to the ink bottle if the big cat jumps?
+What is the color of these kittens' fur? How many of you have a pet
+kitten at home? Which one of these would you rather have? Why is the
+picture called "A Fascinating Tale"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Early one morning two plump little kittens
+started out in search of adventure. The library door was open, and
+both little kittens heard a queer rustling noise on the big library
+table. Up on a chair they jumped, then up on the table, just in time
+to see a little mouse darting under some papers. The mouse thought
+the kittens would not know where it was if it kept very still; but
+there was its tail in plain sight.
+
+The kittens were so frightened they did not know what to do. They
+tried to remember all their mother had taught them about catching a
+mouse, but they could only watch that tail, scarcely breathing for
+fear it would move. The mother cat came just then, hunting for her
+kittens. When she saw them keeping so still she knew there must be
+something the matter.
+
+In the picture she is all ready to spring upon the mouse as soon as he
+moves, so she can be sure to catch him. How confident she looks, and
+how pleased she is that the kittens found the mouse and will help her
+catch it! The kittens are so excited it is doubtful whether they can
+help very much; but if she can persuade one of them just to touch that
+tail, then all will be a scramble. More likely they will all keep so
+still that the mouse will think he is alone and come out.
+
+[Illustration: _A Fascinating Tale_]
+
+Which cat do you think will catch him? The little white kitten is the
+more daring of the two, as she stands there, paws braced wide apart,
+all ready to spring either toward the mouse or away from it. She is
+quite undecided which to do. The little black kitten wants to see
+all that is going on, but at a safe distance.
+
+How those books and papers will be scattered about when the old cat
+jumps for the mouse! The ink bottle is in a very bad place, although
+the inkstand looks as if it were a heavy one and would be hard to
+overturn, even if the cat does jump on it.
+
+Did you ever watch a cat catch a mouse? My! how fast that mouse will
+have to run if he is to get away! Notice the long, graceful, curving
+body of the mother cat, and how she holds her head alert as she plans
+how to catch the mouse.
+
+Although these three cats are all still for the moment, we are made to
+feel that each is about to do something, and we wonder just what that
+something will be. Notice the different colors of the cats' fur and of
+the books placed carelessly in a row. Let us think how this table will
+look in just a few moments.
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ Books and ink, and kittens three
+ In this picture we can see
+ All upon a table wide.
+ What is that from them would hide?
+
+ Little mouse, your tail's too long;
+ It's your fault; if they do wrong.
+ All these books will surely fall,
+ Ink stains soon will cover all.
+
+ Did you think that you were hid?
+ Or perchance of them were rid?
+ Don't you know your tail's in sight
+ Of those kittens' eyes so bright?
+
+ You are wise to keep quite still,
+ For they're watching with a will.
+ Maybe you can make them think
+ It's the cord that ties the ink.
+
+ Mother Cat looks very wise;
+ She will know it by its size.
+ She has taught her kittens, too,
+ Just exactly what to do.
+
+ Which will get you? Have a care,
+ For to lose you they'll not dare.
+ Though they're frightened, we can see
+ With her help it's you must flee.
+
+ Ah, you moved it! Such a fuss!
+ All the things are in a muss!
+ And they caught you, as I thought;
+ You're a nuisance, so they ought.
+
+ Which one did it? I can't tell.
+ All I know is, something fell.
+ But they all look very proud,
+ And their purr is very loud.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= How did the
+kittens happen to find the mouse? How did they get up on the table?
+Where did the mouse try to hide? Why was that not a good place? What
+were the kittens afraid of? Who came to help them? What did she do?
+How does she look? Which kitten is the more daring? What is between
+the black kitten and the mouse? What will very likely happen to the
+books and papers? Which way do you think the white kitten will jump?
+the mother cat? Which one will catch the mouse?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Encourage the children to talk about their own pets
+at home, and to draw pictures of them. The drawings may not be good in
+themselves, but such practice will make the children more observant,
+and so prepare the way for better drawing later.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Madame Ronner, the woman who painted this
+picture, was very fond of cats, as you can easily imagine. She had a
+very large cage made for her pets, with wire over the top and glass
+for the sides. She had the sides made of glass so that she could
+always watch the cats when she painted, no matter in what part of the
+cage they happened to be; and of course the top was of wire so they
+could have plenty of air. The floor of the cage was well cushioned,
+and there were several hanging bobs for the cats to play with.
+
+Her father was an artist, and he, although blind, was her only
+teacher in drawing and painting. She would describe her pictures to
+him, and he would criticize and tell her how to improve them.
+
+When she was only sixteen years old she exhibited her first picture,
+which she called "Cats in the Window." The picture received a great
+deal of praise and was sold immediately. Every one supposed she would
+paint more pictures of cats, because she could paint them so well, but
+for some reason she began to paint dogs instead. Her dog pictures won
+much popularity also and for many years she supported herself and her
+blind father by her paintings of dogs.
+
+After her father's death she married and moved from Amsterdam to
+Brussels, where she again became interested in painting cats. It was
+then that she did her best work. One of her best pictures painted at
+that time was "A Fascinating Tale."
+
+Madame Ronner had so much care and trouble all her life, it is a wonder
+she could paint such bright, happy pictures. She was very poor much of
+her life, and had not only the care and support of her blind father but
+later on of an invalid husband and several little children. Still with
+it all she must have found time for a frolic with these fluffy little
+kittens, to have known just how to paint them at their best.
+
+Her little children must have liked to play with them, too.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Who taught her
+to draw and paint? How could he, when he was blind? What other animals
+did Madame Ronner paint besides cats? Which did she paint the better?
+What makes you think she must have liked cats? Where did she put them
+when she wanted to paint them? Why did the cage have glass sides? Why
+did it have wire over the top? the soft cushions on the floor? What
+did she have for the cats to play with?
+
+
+
+
+A HELPING HAND
+
+ =Original Picture:= Corcoran Gallery, Washington,
+ D.C.
+ =Artist:= Emile Renouf (r[~e] n[=oo]f´´).
+ =Birthplace:= Paris, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1845; died, 1894.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= Of what is this a picture? Where are
+this man and little girl? Where do you think they are going? What do
+you suppose the man does for a living? why? How is he dressed? What
+makes you think he loves the little girl? For what is the long pole
+with the rope around it used? How is the man guiding the boat now?
+What do you see ahead that he is trying to turn away from? What is the
+little girl doing? How is she dressed? Why do you think she cannot
+help very much? What kind of a boat is it? What else do you see in the
+boat? in the picture? Why is it called "A Helping Hand"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= When we go fishing for a few hours or half a
+day we think it great fun, but a real fisherman, who earns his living
+that way, has to work very hard. Fishermen usually start out at four or
+five o'clock in the morning, and do not come home again until late at
+night. Sometimes they go away for several days, fishing night and day.
+
+Very probably this little girl is not awake mornings when her father
+eats his breakfast and starts out. He wears a rain-proof hat and heavy
+coat, for one never can tell what the weather will be out on the
+water. He must take a good lunch with him, too, for he is sure to get
+hungry. The mother will see that the lunch is ready.
+
+When the wind is blowing in the right direction he puts up the heavy
+pole you see in the center of the boat, lets out the sail, and
+tightens the rope. Then, with a good wind, how fast he can go! He
+knows just where each kind of fish likes to stay, and goes straight to
+the very best place. Here he drops his heavy iron anchor into the
+water. This anchor is fastened to the boat and keeps it from drifting.
+Sometimes the fish do not bite at all, and he has very few to carry
+home after his hard day's work. Then again his great boat is filled
+full of shiny fish. "Fisherman's luck," that is called.
+
+He probably uses that net with the long wooden handle to help him
+catch the big fish. He may have used it also to catch his minnows for
+bait. No doubt he catches all the minnows he needs before he starts,
+because they live in the shallow water near the shore and it is easier
+to catch them there.
+
+Some fishermen use very long nets, something like those you see on a
+tennis court, only wider and stronger. It takes several men to manage
+them. The fish get tangled up in the net, and then it is very easy to
+catch them.
+
+[Illustration: From a Thistle Print, Copyright Detroit Publishing Co.
+
+_A Helping Hand_]
+
+A flat-bottomed boat is the best for fishing, they say. You can move
+about in it without much danger of tipping over, and it holds more.
+The fish often think it is a wharf or a good cool place under which to
+hide, and you can catch them easily.
+
+Very likely this little girl has never been out with her father on one
+of his long trips, for it would be much too tiresome for so small a
+girl. It would seem, rather, as if he had finished his day's work,
+and was taking his little daughter with him on some short errand.
+Perhaps they are on their way home, and there is something in that
+sack the mother needs. Just now there is no wind, or it is not in the
+right direction, for they do not use the sail.
+
+Can you see the other oar? It must be in the bottom of the boat. The
+man must row hard with the oar he is pulling at or they will run into
+that great rock you see ahead.
+
+It looks as if those little sailboats far off in the distance are
+standing still. Perhaps they have no oars, and are waiting for the wind
+to come up and blow them home. If they were anchored the sails would be
+rolled up and put away. A good sailor must take good care of his boat
+and sails. If a sail is not stretched out in the sun and allowed to dry
+after a heavy dew or rain, it will rot and soon fall to pieces.
+
+A sailor knows how to tie a very tight knot which is called a
+"sailor's knot." He needs to know how to tie this, for if the knots
+are not tight and his rope should come untied, or anything give way
+when there is a heavy wind, the boat would very likely be overturned.
+
+The little girl looks as if she were putting all her strength into
+those tiny hands that cannot near go around the oar. How pleased her
+father seems to be to have her try to help him! He knows she is doing
+the best she can, and he lets her think she is helping row the boat.
+It must help him somewhat, just to know that she is trying so hard and
+wants to help.
+
+She must slip about on that seat every time the oar moves, for her
+feet do not touch the bottom of the boat. She will be tired when she
+reaches home, and warm too, no doubt.
+
+They will not lose their hats even if the wind does blow, for the
+little girl's bonnet is tied under her chin, and her father has pulled
+his rubber hat tight over his head. Often, when he is out fishing on
+the deep sea, the spray dashes over the fisherman's boat, and he is
+glad to have a rubber hat and coat to wear.
+
+The little girl wears a large handkerchief around her neck, fastened
+under her arms. What do you think is in the pockets of her apron to
+make them puff out so? It must be in the summer time, or she would
+surely wear a coat and rubber boots. What a big, heavy boat it is! No
+wonder it takes such a large oar to row it.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Tell something
+about a fisherman's day. When does he start? How does he go? Where?
+How does he keep his boat from drifting while he fishes? What is meant
+by "fisherman's luck"? What is his net for? What makes you think the
+fisherman is going home now? Why does he not use his sail? Why does he
+have a flat-bottomed boat? How does a good sailor care for his boat
+and sails? What is a "sailor's knot"? Of what use is it? Why does the
+fisherman wear a rubber hat and coat? How many think the little girl
+is helping? Why do you think her father is so pleased to have her try?
+What has she on her head? around her neck? What time of the year do
+you think it is?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= The children might be allowed to draw or cut out a
+sailboat and a fisherman's hat.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Very little is known about the boyhood of
+the man who painted this picture. His paintings were usually of
+fisherfolk, and of boats on the water. We know that in 1886 he came to
+America and spent one year in New York City. It was during this time
+that he painted his picture of Brooklyn Bridge, now in the museum in
+Le Havre, the town in France where he died. "A Helping Hand" is the
+most popular of his pictures, and may be seen in the Corcoran Gallery
+at Washington, D.C.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What class of
+people did he like to paint? What did he paint during his visit to
+America? Where may this picture be seen?
+
+
+
+
+THE STRAWBERRY GIRL
+
+ =Original Picture:= Wallace Collection, London, England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (r[)e]n´´[)u]ldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+do you think she is going? What has she on her arm? What is it for?
+Why do you suppose she stands so still? Do you think she looks
+frightened, or shy? What has she on her head? How is she dressed? How
+is she holding her hands? Why would she not carry strawberries in her
+apron? What can you see behind her? How many of you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= We all know the story about the great
+artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, and his picture called "Angels' Heads."
+We know, too, how very fond of children he was, and how much they
+liked to go to see him.
+
+Having no children of his own, perhaps he would not have understood them
+so well if his little niece had not come to live with him when she was a
+very little girl. Her name was Theophila Palmer, but every one called
+her "Offy." When her father died the family was left very poor, and so
+Sir Joshua Reynolds wanted to help her mother, who was his sister. He
+offered to adopt Offy as his own little daughter and to take her home to
+live with him and his sister in his great house in London.
+
+After living on a farm out in the country all her life, you can
+imagine how excited Offy was when it was finally decided that she
+should go. Her uncle came for her in that same big coach or carriage
+in which little Frances Isabelle Gordon liked so much to ride.
+
+What a fine time she must have had playing in the great yard with Sir
+Joshua, and with the children who came to him to have their pictures
+painted! Very often she would go home to see her mother and sister.
+Then Sir Joshua would send his carriage to bring them all back for a
+visit with him. What fun it was to show them all around the great
+house and yard! There were fine, large trees in the yard, and behind
+the house was a small garden with a strawberry patch at one end.
+
+One bright spring morning Offy woke up with a beautiful plan in her
+head. She would surprise her uncle. He had been so very busy she felt
+sure he had not looked at the strawberry bed for several days, and did
+not know the berries were ripe. She would take her little basket and
+pick it full of the largest ones for him.
+
+[Illustration: _The Strawberry Girl_]
+
+It was great fun hunting for them, and her basket was almost full when
+suddenly she heard steps. It was her uncle and two strange men who
+walked with him. She did not have time to hide, but stood there with
+her basket on her arm, waiting to hear what they would say.
+
+At first she thought her uncle was going to scold her, and that is why
+she looks so shy and half afraid. But no, Sir Joshua soon guessed why
+she was picking the strawberries, and he was very glad he could offer
+some to his friends. One of the men called Offy "the little strawberry
+girl," and kept her with him all the rest of the day.
+
+Sir Joshua seemed to like to look at her that day, and she was not
+surprised the next morning when he asked her to bring the basket and
+come into his studio, for he wanted to paint her picture. She had had
+her picture painted several times before, and knew just about what he
+would want her to do.
+
+But this time he had a surprise for her. It was a large mirror which
+he placed in such a way that she could look in it and see every stroke
+of his pencil and brush as he painted her. He had her stand just as
+she did when he surprised her out in the strawberry patch.
+
+As she watched him paint he talked to her about the garden and the
+strawberries. Then she told him how she used to gather wild
+strawberries out in the country, and that she and her sister and
+brother started very early in the morning because they wanted to find
+them while they were still wet with dew. There was one place not far
+from their house where there were many rocks, and one that was very
+large. The very largest, sweetest berries grew in the shade of this
+great rock. The children used to try to see who would reach it first;
+then they would divide the berries they found, for there were only a
+few of them, and all wanted a taste.
+
+As Offy told about the rock Sir Joshua Reynolds sketched it in the
+background of his picture, just as he thought it must have looked.
+
+The little girl looks as if she had just started away with her basket
+of berries when we stopped her to take her picture. She is looking
+straight at us, with her head bent forward a little as she smiles
+shyly at us with her big eyes. Her basket, cap, and dress seem strange
+to us, for little girls do not dress that way now. She looks quaint
+and old-fashioned as she stands there, with her hands clasped so
+primly. But one glance at her face tells us that she is just a merry,
+happy little child, ready to dart away at any moment for a romp in the
+woods we can see in the distance.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds always said that this was the best child's picture
+he ever painted.
+
+Offy was very happy in his home, and lived there until she grew up and
+married. Then when she had a little girl of her own she let her visit
+Sir Joshua and have her picture painted, too. It is Offy's little
+daughter we see in the picture called "Simplicity." Her name was Offy,
+too.
+
+With so many lovely pictures of children it is no wonder Sir Joshua
+Reynolds was called the "Prince of Child Painters."
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who painted this
+picture? What other picture of his have we studied? Who can tell
+something about Sir Joshua Reynolds? What little girl came to live with
+him? How did she happen to come? Where had she lived? Who brought her,
+and how? Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's house and yard. Where was the
+strawberry patch? What did Offy plan to do to surprise her uncle? What
+happened? What did one of the men call Offy? What did her uncle do the
+next morning? How was Offy surprised? Of what use was the mirror? Tell
+how Offy gathered strawberries in the country. Where did the largest
+berries grow? Why did Sir Joshua Reynolds paint the rock in the picture?
+What did he say about this picture? What became of Offy? Why do you
+think Sir Joshua Reynolds liked to paint this little girl?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Illustrate the story of a little girl picking
+strawberries. Use charcoal and manila paper. Ask some child to pose
+for the picture, and encourage the children to draw a background that
+tells the story.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= The great room or studio in which Sir Joshua
+Reynolds painted was a wonderful place for a child to visit. In it one
+could find all kinds of toys, as well as birds and other pets. Most of
+the children who came to see Sir Joshua were of very wealthy families,
+but he did not care for that. He always asked their mothers to please
+let them wear their oldest clothes so they could have a good time. In
+fact, he did not like fine clothes, and usually the children in his
+pictures are dressed so simply you cannot tell whether they are rich or
+poor. He played games with them and told them stories. They were always
+sure of a good time and so no wonder they liked to visit him.
+
+Many artists have been poor, and have had to work very hard just to
+earn enough to eat, but Sir Joshua was not one of these. He was
+fortunate in being able to sell all his pictures as fast as he could
+paint them and so always had plenty of money.
+
+Many strange stories are told of Joshua's father because he was such
+an absent-minded man. One day he rode to town on horseback. He was
+wearing high-topped boots which were so loose that one fell off while
+he was riding along. He did not notice it at all, for he was thinking
+of something else. But when he reached town and got off his horse he
+was very much surprised and embarrassed to find himself wearing only
+one boot.
+
+When Sir Joshua went to London to learn how to paint he wrote to his
+father, "While I am doing this, I am the happiest creature alive."
+After he had been away several years he met a young sailor, Admiral
+Keppel, who invited him to go on a long sail on the Mediterranean Sea.
+This was a great opportunity for Sir Joshua, and he was glad to go. He
+spent some time in Italy, and when he came home he painted a portrait
+of his friend, Admiral Keppel, which every one admired. It was this
+picture that first made him famous.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's studio.
+Why did children like to visit him? How did he wish them to dress?
+why? Tell about his father and the boot. Was Sir Joshua Reynolds rich
+or poor? When he was away from home, learning to paint, what did he
+write to his father? Tell about Admiral Keppel and his picture.
+
+
+
+
+THE RETURN TO THE FARM
+
+ =Original Picture:= The Louvre (l[=oo]´vr'), Paris, France.
+ =Artist:= Constant Troyon (trwä´yôn´´)
+ =Birthplace:= Sèvres (Sâ´´vr'), France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1810; died, 1865.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+are the animals going? Where do you think they have been? Who is
+driving them? What time of day do you think it is? Do you think it is
+a warm or a cold day? why? Which is the leader of the sheep? Notice
+the knees of the animals. What do they show? Where is the donkey? Why
+does the dog seem so anxious? From what direction are the animals
+coming? See if you can find any two sheep just alike. What can you see
+in the distance? Where is the shady part in the picture? Do you like
+this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= It is at the close of day; the cows, the
+sheep, and the donkey have been out in the pasture all day, and when
+the dog and his master came for them they were ready to start for home.
+
+We can hardly see the man in the picture. He is walking along the
+river bank farther back. Perhaps he is walking slowly so as to give
+the cows time to wade out into that cool little pond, where they can
+drink and refresh themselves. But the dog feels that he must look
+after them, so he tries his best to keep them out of the water. That
+one dark cow has just about made up her mind to follow the others into
+the water, and the dog is barking at her, trying to persuade her not
+to go. The cow just leaving the water turns around to call the rest,
+half wishing to go back herself. When the man comes along they will
+know it is time for them to be on their way again.
+
+The dog has an anxious time of it, for he never knows when the sheep,
+too, may see a green field and start away from the road in spite of
+him. Even now one is looking away from the leader.
+
+The donkey seems to be following along very quietly. It may be that
+the man has stayed behind to look after him, or perhaps there are more
+cattle coming around the curve in the road, or stopping to rest in the
+deep shade of those heavy trees.
+
+This picture was painted in France, but it might well have been done
+in our own country, for we have all seen grass-covered, shady roads
+like this one, and just such a group of animals. Is it not strange
+that, although all the animals in the road are coming toward us, no
+two are in the same position?
+
+[Illustration: _The Return to the Farm_]
+
+The sun is steadily going down; soon all the animals will be at home,
+the cows will be milked, the sheep safe in the fold, and the donkey in
+his stall. Then the good old dog will be glad to have his supper and
+lie down and rest. It is wonderful how much a dog can help on a farm,
+and how many steps he saves the farmer by his willing, cheerful help.
+It is very unusual indeed to find a farmer without a dog.
+
+If you look at the long shadows on the road of the sheep and the cows
+you can tell easily in what direction they are going so late in the
+afternoon.
+
+Constant Troyon, the man who painted this picture, delighted in painting
+groups of animals coming toward us. No matter where we stand, so long
+as we can see them, they are coming to meet us. It makes us feel as if
+we must step aside and let them pass, they are so real.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who goes after the
+cows and sheep? Where will they find them? Where is the man in the
+picture? Why do you suppose he is walking slowly? What does the dog
+think he must do? What is he trying to persuade that dark cow not to do?
+What does the cow which is just leaving the water seem to want to do?
+Why does the dog look so worried? Where was this picture painted? Where
+have you seen a road that looks like this? What will probably happen
+when these cows and sheep reach home? Of what use is the dog? Why do
+most farmers have a dog? How can a dog help his master in the city? In
+what direction are the cows and sheep going? What makes you think so?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= When Constant Troyon was a little boy he
+used to love to go to visit his father at the big factory where all
+kinds of china and pottery were made. He liked to watch the men
+decorate the china, and as soon as he was old enough he went into the
+factory and learned how to do it himself. This was the way he first
+learned how to draw.
+
+He was not long content with china painting, however, and soon began
+painting large pictures of places he cared about near home. He would
+take his paints and search out just the place he liked to paint; then
+he would stay there all day long, as happy as could be.
+
+At first he painted just because he liked to, and did not try to paint
+pictures to sell or to please others, for he earned all the money he
+needed in the porcelain factory. After a while his friends persuaded
+him to exhibit his paintings so that all the people could see them,
+and when he did so he was amazed to find that every one admired them,
+and that he had become very popular.
+
+Of a powerful frame, he could be seen tramping about in all kinds of
+weather. He made friends wherever he went, for he was always
+good-natured and kind-hearted. People usually speak of him as a painter
+of cattle, but he painted quite as many pictures of sheep and dogs.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did he
+like to paint best? Where did Constant Troyon learn to draw? What was
+made at his father's factory? What did Troyon do when he was old
+enough? Where did he paint his large pictures? Why did he paint? How
+did people like his pictures? How did they like him? What other
+animals did he like to paint besides cattle?
+
+
+
+
+THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+=Studying the picture.= Several days before the lesson is to be taken
+up, the picture to be studied should be placed where every pupil can
+see it.
+
+First of all, the children should find out for themselves what is in
+the picture. The questions accompanying the story of each picture are
+intended to help them to do this.
+
+
+=Language work.= The pupils should be encouraged in class to talk
+freely and naturally. In this way the lesson becomes a language
+exercise in which the pupils will gain in freedom of expression and in
+the ability to form clear mental images.
+
+If a lesson does not occupy the entire drawing period, the children
+should be asked to retell the story of the picture.
+
+
+=Dramatization and drawing.= Most of the stories told by the pictures
+lend themselves readily to dramatization and, whenever practicable,
+such stories should be acted out. The stories also offer numerous
+interesting situations that may be used as subjects for drawing lessons.
+
+
+=The review lesson.= The review lesson should cover all pictures and
+artists studied throughout the year. At this time other pictures
+available by the same artists should be on exhibition.
+
+The review work may be conducted as a contest in which the pictures
+are held up, one at a time, while the class writes the name of the
+picture and the artist on slips of paper which have been prepared and
+numbered for that purpose. One teacher who used this device surprised
+her class by presenting those whose lists were correct with their
+choice of any of the large-sized Perry pictures studied.
+
+Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for composition
+work, although the description of pictures is often given as an
+English lesson. Pupils may write a description of their favorite
+picture. In fact, the lessons can be made to correlate with history,
+geography, English, spelling, reading, or nature study.
+
+In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils shall
+become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize them as
+old friends whenever and wherever they may see them.
+
+It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the interest
+awakened by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation and
+understanding of the artist's work. Thus the children will have many
+happy hours and will learn to love the good, the true, and the
+beautiful in everything about them.
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note:
+
+
+* Text enclosed between equal signs was in bold face in the original
+(=bold=).
+
+* Some words have accents of different weights. The heavier accent is
+marked double (''). (Example: bo'nur'')
+
+* Pg 21 Pronunciation guide for (zhäN fräN´ swä´ m[=e]l[)e]´´)
+presents a Latin letter small capital "N", a voiced uvular nasal.
+
+* Pg 37 Emile Renouf (r[~e] n[=oo]f´´) and Pg 51 Louvre (l[=oo]´vr')
+contains [=oo] representing a "long oo" sound not represented in any
+charts.
+
+* Pg 41 Changed "where" to "Where" in "How does he go? where?".]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32489-8.txt or 32489-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/4/8/32489/
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/32489-8.zip b/32489-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54d5ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h.zip b/32489-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a93360e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/32489-h.htm b/32489-h/32489-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..564df71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/32489-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,2563 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of Stories Pictures Tell: Book Two, by Flora L. Carpenter.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+}
+
+hr {
+ margin: 3em auto 3em auto;
+ height: 0px;
+ border-width: 1px 0 0 0;
+ border-style: solid;
+ border-color: #dcdcdc;
+ width: 500px;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.hr2 {
+ width: 250px;
+ margin: 3em auto 3em auto;
+}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+table.toc {
+ margin: auto;
+ width: 70%;
+}
+
+td.c1 {
+ text-align: left;
+ vertical-align: top;
+ padding-right: 1em;
+}
+
+td.c2 {
+ text-align: left;
+ margin-left: 0em;
+ padding-left: 2em;
+ text-indent: -2em;
+ padding-right: 1em;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+
+td.c3 {
+ text-align: right;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+
+td { padding: 0em 1em; }
+th { padding: 0em 1em; }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ color: #999;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+ .blockquot {
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+ .figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+ .bord img {
+ padding: 1px;
+ border: 1px solid black;
+}
+
+p.caption {
+ margin-top: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+
+p.caption2 {
+ margin-top: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+ .poem {
+ margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 25%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;
+ }
+ .poem .stanza {
+ margin: 1em 0em;
+ }
+ .poem p {
+ padding-left: 3em; margin: 0px; text-indent: -3em;
+ }
+ .poem p.i2 {
+ margin-left: 1em;
+ }
+
+ .signature {
+ text-align: right;
+ margin-right: 5%;
+}
+
+/* Transcriber Notes */
+div.tn {
+ background-color:#EEE;
+ border:dashed 1px;
+ color:#000;
+ margin-left:10%;
+ margin-right:10%;
+ margin-top:5em;
+ margin-bottom:5em;
+ padding:1em;
+}
+
+ul.corrections {
+ list-style-type:circle;
+}
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories Pictures Tell
+ Book Two
+
+Author: Flora Carpenter
+
+Release Date: May 23, 2010 [EBook #32489]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="f003a-illus" id="f003a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/f003a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="83" alt="Title decoration" title=""/>
+</div>
+
+<h1>STORIES<br />
+PICTURES TELL</h1>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h2>BOOK TWO</h2>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h4><i>By</i></h4>
+<h3>FLORA L. CARPENTER</h3>
+<h5><i>Instructor in drawing in Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio<br />
+Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois</i></h5>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h4><i>Illustrated with Half Tones from<br />
+Original Photographs</i></h4>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h3>RAND McNALLY &amp; COMPANY</h3>
+<h4>CHICAGO&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NEW YORK</h4>
+
+<hr />
+
+<h4><i>Copyright, 1918 by</i><br />
+<span class="smcap">Rand McNally &amp; Co.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 75px;">
+<a name="f004a-illus" id="f004a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/f004a-illus.jpg" width="75" height="70" alt="Publisher's symbol" title=""/>
+</div>
+
+<h5>Made in U. S. A.</h5>
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[Pg v]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<table class="toc" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td class="c1 smcap"><small>September and October</small></td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td class="c3"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"Shoeing the Bay Mare"</td><td class="c2"><i>Landseer</i></td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"Angels' Heads"</td><td class="c2"><i>Reynolds</i></td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1 smcap" colspan="3"><small>November, December, and January</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"The First Step"</td>
+ <td class="c2"><i>Millet</i></td><td class="c3"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"A Fascinating Tale"</td><td class="c2"><i>Mme Ronner</i></td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1 smcap" colspan="3"><small>February and March</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"A Helping Hand"</td><td class="c2"><i>Renouf</i></td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"The Strawberry Girl"</td>
+ <td class="c2"><i>Reynolds</i></td><td class="c3"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1 smcap" colspan="3"><small>April, May, and June</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"The Return to the Farm"</td><td class="c2"><i>Troyon</i></td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1" colspan="3">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Review of Pictures and Artists Studied</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="c1"><i>The Suggestions to Teachers</i></td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td class="c3"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p>Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study
+work in each grade, recommending the study of certain pictures
+by well-known masters. As Supervisor of Drawing I found
+that the children enjoyed this work but that the teachers felt
+incompetent to conduct the lessons as they lacked time to
+look up the subject and to gather adequate material. Recourse
+to a great many books was necessary and often while
+much information could usually be found about the artist,
+very little was available about his pictures.</p>
+
+<p>Hence I began collecting information about the pictures
+and preparing the lessons for the teachers just as I would
+give them myself to pupils of their grade.</p>
+
+<p>My plan does not include many pictures during the year,
+as this is to be only a part of the art work and is not intended
+to take the place of drawing.</p>
+
+<p>The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing
+period of from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully
+given in that time. However, the most satisfactory way
+of using the books is as supplementary readers, thus permitting
+each child to study the pictures and read the stories himself.</p>
+
+<div class="signature"><span class="smcap">Flora L. Carpenter</span></div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="f008a-illus" id="f008a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/f008a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="661" alt="A mare" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2">SHOEING THE BAY MARE</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+<h1>STORIES<br />
+PICTURES TELL</h1>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<h2>SHOEING THE BAY MARE</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Original Picture:</b> National Gallery, London,<br />
+ &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;England.</p>
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Sir Edwin Landseer (l&#259;nd´´s&#275;r).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> London, England.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1802; died, 1873.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What is the
+man in this picture doing? How many have
+watched a blacksmith shoe a horse? Why does
+he wear an apron made of leather? From what
+do the sparks fly? What has the blacksmith in
+his hand? Why do you suppose this horse
+wears no halter? What other animals do you
+see in this picture? Which has the larger ears,
+the donkey or the horse? Which seems to
+have the softer coat? Which can run the
+faster? What do you see on the donkey's back?
+What kind of dog is that in the picture? Why
+do you suppose the hound is so interested in
+what the blacksmith is doing? What else can
+you see in the picture? What makes you think
+the man is fond of animals? Where is the bird?
+Why do you like this picture?</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>
+ <b>The story of the picture.</b> Here in a building
+that once may have been a home, we see an old-fashioned
+country blacksmith shop. The wide
+door has been made in two parts so that the
+upper part can be swung open to let in the sunlight.
+The lower part of the doorway remains
+closed and is just high enough to keep the horse
+and donkey shut in. But the dog could easily
+jump over it should he become frightened by
+the flying sparks of fire.</p>
+
+<p>The smith is trying a shoe on the hind foot
+of the beautiful horse, but neither the man nor
+the horse seems quite satisfied with it. The
+horse has an anxious look in her intelligent eyes
+as she turns her head to watch the smith.
+Though she knows he will do the work carefully
+she cannot help being a little nervous
+about it. The dog and the donkey are also very
+much interested in what the smith is doing,
+though the dog seems ready to run at any moment.
+Behind the dog we see the blacksmith's
+anvil on which he hammers the shoe into shape.
+Every time the hammer strikes the red-hot iron,
+burning sparks fly in all directions and the
+blacksmith wears a leather apron, to keep them
+from burning holes in his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>On the ground beside the blacksmith is a
+box in which are the tools the smith must use.
+It has a handle so that the smith may carry it
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>
+with him and place it within reach when he is
+fitting the shoe.</p>
+
+<p>Years ago, when the artist painted this
+picture, a blacksmith had to make each shoe by
+hand from a bar of iron. Now horseshoes are
+made rapidly by machinery and the blacksmith
+gets them from the factory. They are made in
+all shapes and sizes and the smith will try
+several shoes until he finds one that fits the
+horse's hoof. If it needs to be shaped a little
+he must heat it red hot before he can bend it.
+He puts it into the great bed of red-hot coals in
+his forge, and then blows upon the coals with
+his bellows to make the fire hotter. His heavy
+iron tongs are used to take the red-hot shoe
+from the coals and to hold it upon the anvil
+while he pounds it into shape. Next he drops
+it into cold water until it is cool enough to try
+on. The smith must be a strong man to do his
+work well, and in this picture our attention is
+drawn to the great muscles on his arms and the
+firm strength of his large hands.</p>
+
+<p>It takes great skill to drive the nails into the
+horse's hoof in just such a way that they will
+hold the shoe firmly and at the same time not
+hurt the hoof. Sometimes, but not very often,
+a blacksmith drives a nail in the wrong direction,
+and the horse becomes lame. Horses grow
+accustomed to being shod, and seem to like
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>
+to have comfortable new shoes put on. How glad
+they must be in the winter to have their hoofs
+sharp shod, so they do not slip on the ice!</p>
+
+<p>Betty, the bay mare in this picture, liked
+to be shod, and as she never wore a halter and
+could go where she pleased, she sometimes went
+to see the blacksmith. The story is told that
+one day while she was galloping over the fields
+one of her shoes became loose. Betty seemed
+to know just what to do; it was not long before
+the blacksmith heard a gentle neigh, and there
+was Betty with her head over the gate, asking
+to be let in. Once inside she held up the foot
+with the loose shoe for the blacksmith to fix.
+You may be sure he patted her velvety neck,
+and told her that he knew just what the trouble
+was and would fix her up all right.</p>
+
+<p>The shaggy little donkey you see in the
+picture had to wait until the blacksmith had
+attended to Betty. But he did not care about
+having his shoes fixed anyway, and so did not
+mind waiting.</p>
+
+<p>The man who owned Betty was Mr. Jacob
+Bell, and he was so proud of her that he wanted
+her picture painted. In fact, once when Betty
+had had a beautiful colt, Mr. Bell asked Sir Edwin
+Landseer to paint a picture of the two
+together. But the artist had such a long waiting
+list of animals to paint that he did not get
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>
+around to Betty's turn for a long time. Betty
+had another colt, but it, too, had grown to
+be as tall as Betty herself before Sir Edwin
+Landseer at last came out to see her.</p>
+
+<p>He came on the very day that Betty paid
+her visit to the blacksmith shop, and so it was
+there that Mr. Bell took the artist to see her.
+Landseer had planned to paint the horse out
+in the green fields; but when he saw her in the
+blacksmith shop, watching every movement
+of the smith with such perfect understanding
+in her great, intelligent eyes, he decided to paint
+her there.</p>
+
+<p>One can see at a glance that this horse is
+well cared for; her silky coat makes us wish to
+pet her. Notice the white star-shaped mark on
+her forehead.</p>
+
+<p>The hound must have followed the horse,
+for he does not look as if he belonged in the
+blacksmith shop. He seems to be a little
+afraid of the hot tongs placed in front of him,
+and looks as if he might run away the next
+time the sparks begin to fly.</p>
+
+<p>That sleepy-looking little donkey must belong
+to some child, for you can see the saddle on his
+back. Probably some boy will call for him,
+and ride him home.</p>
+
+<p>Notice how the light comes in through the
+upper half of the doorway and falls upon the
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>
+figures. Can you see where the light from the
+fire in the forge is shining?</p>
+
+<p>We cannot see the bird in the cage hanging
+from the roof of the blacksmith shop, but no
+doubt it sang very merrily on the bright sunny
+day this must have been. The smith has
+placed its cage a safe distance from the heat,
+and where it can get plenty of air and sunlight.
+No doubt they are great friends, but how the
+bird must wish to try its wings in a long flight
+up beyond the treetops and into the bright
+blue sky!</p>
+
+<p>When the shoe is fixed the blacksmith will
+open the door and Betty will trot home by
+herself. No wonder Mr. Bell was proud of a
+horse that knew so much and was so beautiful.
+Would you not like to have a horse like Betty?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> When a horse needs new shoes, where
+does its owner take it? What is the name of
+the horse in our picture? Why did Betty come
+to the blacksmith shop? How did she let the
+blacksmith know what she wanted? Does she
+seem pleased with the shoe he is trying on?
+How can he make it fit? Why does he heat
+the shoe red hot? Upon what does he place the
+red-hot shoe to pound it into shape? On the
+blackboard draw a picture of an anvil. What
+does the blacksmith use when he blows the coals
+to make a hotter fire? With what does he
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>
+hold the hot shoes? Why does he put them
+in cold water before trying them on? How
+does he fasten the shoe on the horse's hoof?
+Why does it not hurt a horse to be shod? What
+do you see on the donkey's back? Of what is
+the dog afraid? What does the blacksmith
+wear to keep the sparks from burning his
+clothes? Why is that low gate placed in the
+doorway? To whom did Betty belong? Who
+came to paint her picture? Why did he paint
+her in the blacksmith shop? What makes you
+think she was well cared for? Why do you
+suppose she is so gentle and patient? Where
+does the light in the picture come from? Why
+do you like Betty?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>To the Teacher:</b> Have the pupils memorize
+the following lines from Longfellow's <i>The
+Village Blacksmith</i>:</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<p>And children coming home from school</p>
+<p class="i2">Look in at the open door;</p>
+<p>They love to see the flaming forge,</p>
+<p class="i2">And hear the bellows roar,</p>
+<p>And catch the burning sparks that fly</p>
+<p class="i2">Like chaff from a threshing-floor.</p>
+</div></div>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> Sir Edwin Landseer
+had three sisters and two brothers who liked to
+draw and paint as well as he did. The father
+was an artist, and he taught them all how to
+draw when they were very young.</p>
+
+<p>They lived in the country, and often the
+father went with his children for a walk through
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>
+the fields. There were two very large fields
+separated from each other by a fence with an
+old-fashioned stile for a gate. This stile had
+several steps, and was built high so that the
+sheep and cows could not jump over. One day
+when Edwin was six years old, and so little
+that he had to be lifted over this stile, his father
+tells us that "At his request I lifted him over,
+and finding a scrap of paper and a pencil in
+my pocket, I made him sketch a cow." After
+this Edwin came here nearly every day, and
+his father called these two fields "Edwin's
+studio."</p>
+
+<p>When Edwin was only thirteen years old
+two of his pictures were exhibited at the Royal
+Academy. One was a portrait of a mule; the
+other, of a dog and puppies.</p>
+
+<p>Edwin painted always from life, not caring
+to make copies from the work of others. All
+the sketches he made when he was a little boy
+were carefully kept by the father, and now if
+you go to England you may see them in the
+South Kensington Museum in London.</p>
+
+<p>Edwin, we are told, was a bright, gentle
+little boy, with blue eyes and light curly hair.
+At fourteen years of age he became a pupil at
+the Royal Academy. The keeper there was
+an old man who grew very fond of the boy.
+He would look all about for him, and if he
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>
+could not find him he would say, "Where is my
+little dog boy?" At this time Edwin had three
+dogs of his own, which he called Brutus, Vixen,
+and Boxer. They were his inseparable companions,
+and so intelligent that they seemed
+almost able to speak.</p>
+
+<p>For many years he lived and painted in his
+father's house in a poor little room without even
+a carpet. All the furniture, we are told, consisted
+of three cheap chairs and an easel. Later,
+he had a fine studio not far from a park.
+There was a small house and garden here, and
+the barn was made over into a studio.</p>
+
+<p>Sir Edwin was not a very good business man,
+and he left the management of all his affairs to
+his father, who sold his pictures for him and
+kept his accounts.</p>
+
+<p>Landseer was only sixteen years old when he
+exhibited his wonderful picture called "Fighting
+Dogs Getting Wind." A very rich man whose
+praise meant a great deal at that time bought
+the picture, and Sir Edwin's success was assured.
+After that so many people brought their pets
+for him to paint that he had to keep a list, and
+each must wait his turn.</p>
+
+<p>It was about this time, too, that he painted
+an old white horse in the stable of another
+wealthy man. After the picture was finished,
+ready to deliver, it suddenly disappeared.
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>
+Search was made for it everywhere, but it was
+not found until twenty-four years afterwards.
+A servant had stolen it and hidden it in a
+hayloft. He was afraid to sell it, or even to
+keep it in his home, for every one would recognize
+the great artist's work.</p>
+
+<p>At the age of twenty-four, Landseer became
+a member of the Royal Academy, which was an
+unusual honor for so young a man.</p>
+
+<p>The story is told that at an evening party in
+the home of a well-known leader of society in
+London where Landseer was present, the guests
+had been talking about skill with the hands.
+One of the guests said that no one had ever
+been found who could draw two things at once.
+Landseer remarked, "Oh, I can do that; lend
+me two pencils, and I will show you."</p>
+
+<p>He then quickly drew the head of a horse
+with one hand, at the same time drawing a
+deer's head and antlers with the other hand.
+Both sketches were so good that they might
+well have been drawn with the same hand and
+with much more study.</p>
+
+<p>Landseer made a special study of lions, too,
+and painted many pictures of them. The great
+lions at the base of the famous Nelson Monument
+in Trafalgar Square, London, were modeled
+by him.</p>
+
+<p>Although Landseer painted so many wild
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>
+animals, birds, and hunting scenes, he did not
+care to hunt or shoot. Sometimes he would
+hire guides to take him into the wildest parts
+in search of game. But these guides felt thoroughly
+disgusted with him when, a great wild
+deer bounding toward them, he would merely
+make a sketch of it in his book.</p>
+
+<p>Landseer knew how to use a gun, however,
+and sometimes did use it with great success.
+But it was the study of live animals that
+interested him most. He often said that to
+kill a bird was to lose it.</p>
+
+<p>He believed that animals understand, feel,
+and reason just like people; so he represented
+them in his pictures as happy, sad, gay, dignified,
+frivolous, rich, poor, and in all ways just
+like human beings.</p>
+
+<p>Landseer did and said all he could against
+the custom of cutting, or "cropping," the ears
+of dogs. He said that nature intended to protect
+the ears of dogs that "dig in the dirt," and
+man should not interfere. People paid a great
+deal of attention to what he said, and the custom
+lost favor.</p>
+
+<p>In 1850 the honor of knighthood was conferred
+upon Landseer. He was popular alike
+with patron and peasant, and no English painter
+has ever been more appreciated in his own
+country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+ Landseer died in London in 1873, at the age
+of seventy-one.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> What can you
+tell about the artist who painted this picture?
+Where did he live when he was a boy? How
+many brothers and sisters did he have? Where
+did they often walk with their father? What
+separated the two fields? How many of you
+ever saw a stile? What animal did Edwin
+sketch first? Where was "Edwin's studio"?
+What became of the pictures Edwin drew and
+painted when he was a boy? Tell about the
+keeper of the Royal Academy and Edwin; tell
+about Edwin and his picture of an old white
+horse; tell about his fine new studio. How did
+Sir Edwin Landseer think animals felt and
+understood? Tell how he went hunting. How
+well could he draw with his left hand? Why
+did people like him? Why do you think he was
+a great artist?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+<h2>ANGELS' HEADS</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Original Picture:</b> National Gallery, London,<br />
+ &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;England.</p>
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Sir Joshua Reynolds (r&#277;n´´&#365;ldz).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Plympton, Devonshire, England.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1723; died, 1792.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What do you
+see in this picture? Why do you think these
+heads look alike? How do they differ? How
+many are looking up? Which one is looking
+right at you? Where are the others looking?
+Where does the light come from? Where does
+the ray of light strike each head? Which looks
+the happiest? the most thoughtful? Which
+one seems to be singing? Which one do you
+like best? why? How many know a little girl
+with blue eyes and light hair who looks something
+like one of these?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> Far back in a
+beautiful yard, so large that it was almost a
+park, was a house so fine that people drove
+past just to see it. In this house lived a nobleman,
+his wife, and one lovely little daughter.
+Their names were Lord and Lady William
+Gordon, and the little girl's name was Frances
+Isabelle Gordon. Perhaps you have already
+guessed that she was the little girl we see in this
+picture. And this is how she happened to have
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>
+her picture painted: The artist, Sir Joshua
+Reynolds, was a great friend of Lord and Lady
+Gordon and used to visit them very often. He
+would ride in a splendid carriage which was
+gilded and carved on the outside and decorated
+with wonderful pictures painted by himself.
+He had a coachman and footman, too, and
+when he came riding up the long driveway,
+little Frances must have run out to see the
+great carriage, for no one else had one like it.</p>
+
+<p>Soon Sir Joshua Reynolds and Frances
+Isabelle became great friends. He could tell
+such good stories! And then he liked to play
+games with her, and above all he liked to tease
+her. But she did not mind his teasing, for she
+could run away from him when she did not
+like it.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes he would invite her to ride home
+with him in his carriage. Then he would show
+her his studio where he painted, and let her
+play with some of the toys he always kept ready
+for his little friends. Very likely her mother
+would tell him to send her home in an hour.
+How she must have enjoyed the ride back all
+alone in the big carriage, with the tall coachman
+and footman sitting so straight! No doubt she
+pretended she was a great lady riding in state,
+and sat very still and proper.</p>
+
+<p>Sir Joshua Reynolds loved this little girl
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>
+very much, and he was glad indeed when one
+day her mother brought her to have her picture
+painted.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p015a-illus" id="p015a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p015a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="604" alt="Angels" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2"><i>Angels' Heads</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>There were no photograph galleries then
+such as we have now, so there was no other way
+to have one's picture taken. The great artist
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>
+put his piece of canvas on an easel and mixed
+his colors. Then he told Frances Isabelle just
+where to sit. Although Sir Joshua Reynolds
+painted very rapidly, she had to sit still for a
+long time, and come several days, before the
+picture could be finished.</p>
+
+<p>First he drew her looking straight at him
+watching him arrange his paints. Then he
+began to make sketches of her in different positions,
+but he liked her so much in all, that he
+could not decide which one to use. Finally, he
+thought of painting them all in one picture.
+Then, as little Frances looked so lovely and so
+like an angel, he decided to add the wings and
+clouds and call his picture "Angels' Heads."</p>
+
+<p>You see at that time, not having any photographers,
+no one thought of showing a person
+in different positions all in one picture as we
+do nowadays. People were very glad then to
+have one good picture of their friends.</p>
+
+<p>Imagine how pleased and delighted Lord
+and Lady Gordon must have been with these
+five pictures instead of one, and all so like their
+little girl! The angel heads seem to be floating
+in the clouds, their faces lighted up by the
+bright ray of sunlight which is reflected in the
+golden hair of each. For Frances Isabelle had
+the most beautiful golden hair and the bluest
+of blue eyes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>
+ The head at the lower left-hand side of the
+picture is serious and thoughtful, as if some
+hard question had to be answered. The one
+just above seems quiet, as if listening to the
+two other angels, who are singing happily.
+These four have quite forgotten us, but the
+little girl who looks straight at us seems to be
+right here in the room, watching us and wondering
+about us. A happy, healthy little girl,
+she looks as if she would like to run and play
+with us. Such a sweet, winsome face! No
+wonder Sir Joshua loved her very much.</p>
+
+<p>People came from far and near to see this
+beautiful painting when it was finished. Finally,
+years later, Lord and Lady Gordon gave
+it to the city of London to hang in the National
+Gallery of paintings for all to see. There
+it still hangs, and people who go to London
+always look for it, and find it just as lovely
+as ever.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> Of whom is this a picture? Where
+did she live? How did she happen to have her
+picture painted? Who painted it? What kind
+of a carriage did he have? What did he sometimes
+ask her to do? Why did she not go to a
+photographer to have her picture taken? How
+long did it take Sir Joshua Reynolds to paint
+her picture? Why did he paint so many
+pictures of her? Why did he call the picture
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>
+"Angels' Heads"? How many faces are looking
+at us? Where do they seem to be? Which
+one is the prettiest? Did Lord and Lady Gordon
+like this picture?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> Sir Joshua Reynolds's
+father was a teacher in a private school,
+and to this school Joshua was sent as soon as
+he was old enough. Even when a very little boy
+Joshua liked to draw. He liked so well to draw
+that it was very hard for him to study in school.
+He always saw so many things to draw that
+he could not wait until after school, but drew
+them on the back of his lesson papers.</p>
+
+<p>One day he drew all over his number paper,
+and when he handed it in, his father could not
+read the numbers on account of the drawing.
+His father was disappointed because his son's
+paper did not look so neat as the other boys',
+and so he wrote at the top of the paper, "Done
+by Joshua out of pure idleness."</p>
+
+<p>Joshua had five brothers and sisters who
+liked to draw just as well as he did, and who
+could all draw very much better than he could.</p>
+
+<p>It took so much paper and so many pencils
+for all his children, that finally the father told
+them they might draw on the walls of the halls.
+These walls had been whitewashed and the
+children used burnt sticks for pencils.</p>
+
+<p>At first the older brothers and sisters used
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>
+to help little Joshua by guiding his hand, but he
+soon learned to draw as well as they. His first
+drawings had been so funny that they had
+laughed at him. Now they praised him instead.</p>
+
+<p>When he was only eight years old Joshua
+drew a picture that every one praised very
+much. It was a picture of the schoolhouse.
+His father was so pleased when he saw it that
+he said, "This is wonderful!"</p>
+
+<p>In the little town where Joshua lived the
+people went to church on Sundays, of course,
+and sometimes also during the week. One day,
+Joshua went to church. At first he sat very
+still; but the sermon was a very long one, and
+finally he grew so tired he could not listen another
+minute. He thought he would like to
+draw a picture of the minister, but he had
+nothing to draw it on. Then he remembered
+that he had a pencil in his pocket, and that
+he could draw the picture on his thumb nail.
+That is just what he did.</p>
+
+<p>The church was near the river, and after
+church Joshua went down to the river bank.
+Finding a piece of an old sail, he carried it to a
+boathouse, and here, from the picture on his
+thumb nail, he drew on the piece of sail the portrait
+of the minister. Then he painted it, using
+common paint such as is used to paint boats.
+Joshua was only eleven years old, and had
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>
+finished his first oil painting. His father had
+wanted him to be a doctor, but after seeing
+this picture he decided to let Joshua have his
+own way and be a painter. He sent him to a
+good teacher, and lived to see his son a great
+artist.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
+this picture? What did Sir Joshua Reynolds
+like to do when he was a boy? Who was his
+teacher? How did he spoil his number paper?
+Why was his father disappointed? How many
+brothers and sisters did he have? On what did
+they draw? With what did they draw? How
+old was Joshua when he drew the picture of
+the schoolhouse? What did his father say when
+he saw this picture? How did Joshua happen
+to paint a picture of the minister? On what
+did he make his first sketch? Where did he
+finish the picture? On what did he paint it?
+What kind of paints did he use? What did
+Joshua's father want him to be when he grew
+up? After he had seen this picture, what did
+he say Joshua might be? Why do we want to
+remember him?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE FIRST STEP</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Jean François Millet <a name="zhan" id="zhan"></a>(zhä<span class="smcap">n</span>
+ frä<span class="smcap">n</span>´ swä´ m&#275;l&#277;´´).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Gruchy, France.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1814; died, 1875.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What do
+you see in this picture? What is the father
+doing? Who holds the baby? What is the
+baby trying to do? Why is the picture called
+"The First Step"? How many have a baby
+brother or sister who is just learning to walk?
+What has the father been doing? Why do you
+think so? Why did he stop? What is on the
+ground beside him? How is the man dressed?
+Where do these people live? What separates
+the house from the garden? What can you
+see next to the fence? Why do you think it is
+not a very warm day? Why do you like this
+picture?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> One bright day in
+the early fall of the year, when the leaves of
+the trees were thickest and the woodbine on the
+fence was just beginning to turn red, a little
+child was fretting to go outdoors. He was
+tired of staying in when all was beautiful outside,
+and he wanted his mother to stop her work
+and take him out into the sunshine, to the
+garden where his father was working. And
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>
+by and by that is just what she did. Putting
+on her own cap, and a bonnet on the child's
+head, so there would be no danger of his taking
+cold, she carried him out to the old fence.</p>
+
+<p>When the father saw them coming through
+the gate he dropped his spade and started to
+meet them. The little boy began to wave his
+arms, impatient to reach his father. Then
+the mother thought this would be a good time
+to let him try to walk. Placing him on the
+ground, she holds him safely while the father
+holds out his arms invitingly.</p>
+
+<p>See, the baby has stepped forward! Now
+the mother will let him try to walk alone,
+keeping close behind, and ready to catch him
+if he should fall, until he reaches his father's
+arms. How proud they will be when their
+baby takes his first step all alone! He has
+been creeping and crawling for a long time, but
+now he is big enough to stand on his feet.</p>
+
+<p>This family of hard-working peasants have
+little time for play; they must work to keep up
+their home. The father, as you see, has been
+digging potatoes with that heavy spade. He
+will put them in his wheelbarrow and take them
+to the house. Perhaps he will have enough to
+last him all winter, and some to sell, too.</p>
+
+<p>The potatoes he wants to keep he will
+bury in the ground. In those days very few
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+people had cellars in which to keep their vegetables.
+Instead, they would dig a great hole
+in the ground, line it with straw, and then put
+the potatoes in, covering them with straw and
+earth. Then, instead of going to the grocery
+to buy potatoes as we do, they went out into
+the yard and dug them up.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p023a-illus" id="p023a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p023a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="312" alt="Learning to walk" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2"><i>The First Step</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>No doubt the father made this fence, the
+spade, the pitchfork, and even the wheelbarrow
+we see in the picture, while the mother, we are
+sure, made all their clothes except the wooden
+shoes. Perhaps the father made them.</p>
+
+<p>In those days the mothers could not go down
+to the store to buy the goods for their clothes
+as we do now. Instead they spun thread out
+of flax or wool, and then wove it into cloth on
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>
+a great loom something like the small looms
+we use in school to make rugs and hammocks.
+This they usually did during the winter when
+there was less work to do, for there were so
+many more things that had to be done during
+the summer than during the winter.</p>
+
+<p>In summer they had to take care of the fruit
+just as our mothers do. But they did not know
+anything about canning it,&mdash;they would cook it
+a long time and make preserves or else they
+would dry it. They dried most of their fruit,
+making it just like the dried apples, peaches,
+and apricots we buy at the store.</p>
+
+<p>In France, where this picture was painted,
+the women worked out in the fields just like
+the men. So you see how very busy they
+must have been. And yet they always found
+time to love and care for their little children.</p>
+
+<p>We do not know even the name of this baby,
+or of his mother or father. The artist, Millet,
+thought that of no importance at all. He did
+not even care to show us their faces, any more
+than he would care to show us the buttons on
+their clothes. The important thing is the love
+and tenderness of this mother and father as
+they stop their work to guide, help, and encourage
+their baby in taking his first step. All his
+life the baby will find them never too tired or
+weary to help him when he needs it most.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>
+ Peasants like these, we know, lived in
+France, and as a rule they were very poor,
+although the two in our picture seem thrifty
+and comfortable. The trees, even the grass
+growing up beside the fence, seem sturdy and
+strong like the peasants to whom they belong.</p>
+
+<p>We feel the strength of the father's extended
+arms, so ready and able to protect this baby.
+The mother, too, will do her share. Even the
+trees seem to bend toward these three as if to
+assure them of their protection.</p>
+
+<p>This is a simple, homelike picture, whose
+chief beauty lies in its strong appeal to our
+feeling of sympathy with, and interest in, these
+honest country people.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> What has the man been doing? With
+what did he dig the potatoes? Where will he
+put them? Why does he not put them in the
+cellar? How will he keep them all winter?
+How will he bury them? Who made these
+peasants' clothes? the wheelbarrow, the spade,
+and the pitchfork? Why did they not buy
+them? How did the mother make the cloth for
+their clothes? When did she do this? What
+must she do during the summer? How did
+they keep their fruit? Why do you think they
+are a happy family?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> Jean François Millet
+was the son of French peasants who must have
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+been very much like the father and mother in
+this picture. But a picture of Millet's boyhood
+would not be complete unless it included his
+grandmother. You see, that dear old lady
+rocked him to sleep, played with him, and kept
+him happy all day long while his mother, like
+all French peasants, worked out in the fields
+with his father.</p>
+
+<p>It was she who was the first to discover that
+her little grandson liked to draw. His first
+drawings were copies of pictures in his grandmother's
+old illustrated Bible. He would listen
+to stories read to him from the Bible and then
+he would take a piece of chalk and draw a
+picture of what happened in the story.</p>
+
+<p>Soon he began to draw large, bold pictures
+which covered the stone wall of their house.
+The grandmother was much pleased! She
+found a new story to read or tell him nearly
+every day.</p>
+
+<p>Of course his father and mother saw the
+pictures as soon as they came home, and encouraged
+the boy as much as they could. The father
+liked to draw, too, but he could not see why
+Millet should be making up pictures from imagination
+when there were so many real things to
+draw. So he called his son's attention to the
+trees, the fields, and houses in the distance, and
+soon the boy began to draw these, too.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>
+ One Sunday when Millet was coming home
+from church he met an old man, his back bent
+over a cane as he walked slowly along. Something
+about the bent figure made Millet feel
+he would like to draw a picture of the man just
+as he looked then. Taking a piece of charcoal
+from his pocket, he drew a picture of him from
+memory. He drew it on a stone wall, and as
+people passed that way they recognized the
+man. All liked the picture very much, and told
+Millet so. His father, too, was delighted, and
+decided that his son should have a chance to
+become an artist.</p>
+
+<p>One day the two went to an artist who
+lived in a neighboring town and showed him
+some of Millet's sketches. The artist was
+amazed, and at first would not believe the boy
+had drawn them. You may be sure he was glad
+to have this bright boy for a pupil. But Millet
+studied with him only two months, when he
+was called home by the death of his father.</p>
+
+<p>At first it seemed as if they needed him so
+much at home he would never be able to go on
+with his studies. But soon the good people in
+the little village collected a sum of money and
+gave it to Millet, telling him it was for him
+to use to go to Paris and study. Millet was
+almost a grown man by this time, and you may
+be sure he was grateful and that he worked
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>
+very hard while in Paris. But people did not
+like his pictures, and he was very poor. Other
+artists painted pictures of beautiful people
+dressed in fine clothes and living in rich homes,
+and so nobody cared for Millet's poor, humble
+peasants, dressed in their working clothes and
+doing the work they had to do.</p>
+
+<p>It was not until Millet was an old man that
+people began to appreciate his work. Now
+most of those fashionable artists of his time
+have been forgotten, while the paintings of Jean
+François Millet have become more and more
+valuable.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Where did the
+artist live? Who took care of Millet when he
+was little? Why was his mother away from
+home so much? Who was the first one to see
+his drawings? What did he draw? What did he
+use to make the drawings? Who helped him?
+how? How did his father help him? Tell about
+the old man leaning on a cane. Where did
+Millet draw his picture? Who saw it? What
+did they say? Where did his father take him
+to study? What did the artist think when he
+saw Millet's sketches? Why did Millet go
+home? What did his neighbors do for him?
+Where did he go then? Why was he so poor
+there? Why did not people like his pictures?
+What do people think of his pictures now?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p>
+<h2>A FASCINATING TALE</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Madame Henriette Ronner (rön´´n&#7869;r).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Amsterdam, Holland.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1821. Still living, 1916.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> In what room
+are these kittens? Why do you think so?
+Where is the mother cat? the kittens? What
+are they looking at? Why do you think the
+mouse does not know that the kittens can see
+his tail? Which one do you think will catch
+the mouse? Which one has the sharpest eyes?
+Which one looks frightened? Which one looks
+surprised? Why do you suppose they did not
+catch the mouse before it tried to hide? If
+they keep very still, what will the mouse think?
+What will he do? What will happen then?
+What is on the table beside the kittens? What
+may happen to the ink bottle if the big cat
+jumps? What is the color of these kittens' fur?
+How many of you have a pet kitten at home?
+Which one of these would you rather have?
+Why is the picture called "A Fascinating Tale"?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> Early one morning
+two plump little kittens started out in search
+of adventure. The library door was open, and
+both little kittens heard a queer rustling noise
+on the big library table. Up on a chair they
+jumped, then up on the table, just in time to
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>
+see a little mouse darting under some papers.
+The mouse thought the kittens would not know
+where it was if it kept very still; but there was
+its tail in plain sight.</p>
+
+<p>The kittens were so frightened they did not
+know what to do. They tried to remember
+all their mother had taught them about catching
+a mouse, but they could only watch that
+tail, scarcely breathing for fear it would move.
+The mother cat came just then, hunting for
+her kittens. When she saw them keeping so
+still she knew there must be something the
+matter.</p>
+
+<p>In the picture she is all ready to spring
+upon the mouse as soon as he moves, so she
+can be sure to catch him. How confident she
+looks, and how pleased she is that the kittens
+found the mouse and will help her catch it!
+The kittens are so excited it is doubtful whether
+they can help very much; but if she can persuade
+one of them just to touch that tail, then
+all will be a scramble. More likely they will
+all keep so still that the mouse will think he is
+alone and come out.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p031a-illus" id="p031a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p031a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="714" alt="kittens" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2"><i>A Fascinating Tale</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Which cat do you think will catch him? The
+little white kitten is the more daring of the two,
+as she stands there, paws braced wide apart, all
+ready to spring either toward the mouse or
+away from it. She is quite undecided which to
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+do. The little black kitten wants to see all that
+is going on, but at a safe distance.</p>
+
+<p>How those books and papers will be scattered
+about when the old cat jumps for the mouse!
+The ink bottle is in a very bad place, although
+the inkstand looks as if it were a heavy one
+and would be hard to overturn, even if the
+cat does jump on it.</p>
+
+<p>Did you ever watch a cat catch a mouse?
+My! how fast that mouse will have to run if
+he is to get away! Notice the long, graceful,
+curving body of the mother cat, and how she
+holds her head alert as she plans how to catch
+the mouse.</p>
+
+<p>Although these three cats are all still for the
+moment, we are made to feel that each is about
+to do something, and we wonder just what
+that something will be. Notice the different
+colors of the cats' fur and of the books placed
+carelessly in a row. Let us think how this
+table will look in just a few moments.</p>
+
+
+<h2>A FASCINATING TALE</h2>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<p>Books and ink, and kittens three</p>
+<p>In this picture we can see</p>
+<p>All upon a table wide.</p>
+<p>What is that from them would hide?</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Little mouse, your tail's too long;</p>
+<p>It's your fault; if they do wrong.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+ All these books will surely fall,</p>
+<p>Ink stains soon will cover all.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Did you think that you were hid?</p>
+<p>Or perchance of them were rid?</p>
+<p>Don't you know your tail's in sight</p>
+<p>Of those kittens' eyes so bright?</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>You are wise to keep quite still,</p>
+<p>For they're watching with a will.</p>
+<p>Maybe you can make them think</p>
+<p>It's the cord that ties the ink.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Mother Cat looks very wise;</p>
+<p>She will know it by its size.</p>
+<p>She has taught her kittens, too,</p>
+<p>Just exactly what to do.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Which will get you? Have a care,</p>
+<p>For to lose you they'll not dare.</p>
+<p>Though they're frightened, we can see</p>
+<p>With her help it's you must flee.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Ah, you moved it! Such a fuss!</p>
+<p>All the things are in a muss!</p>
+<p>And they caught you, as I thought;</p>
+<p>You're a nuisance, so they ought.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>Which one did it? I can't tell.</p>
+<p>All I know is, something fell.</p>
+<p>But they all look very proud,</p>
+<p>And their purr is very loud.</p>
+</div></div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> How did the kittens happen to find
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>
+the mouse? How did they get up on the
+table? Where did the mouse try to hide?
+Why was that not a good place? What were
+the kittens afraid of? Who came to help them?
+What did she do? How does she look? Which
+kitten is the more daring? What is between
+the black kitten and the mouse? What will
+very likely happen to the books and papers?
+Which way do you think the white kitten will
+jump? the mother cat? Which one will catch
+the mouse?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>To the Teacher:</b> Encourage the children to
+talk about their own pets at home, and to draw
+pictures of them. The drawings may not be
+good in themselves, but such practice will make
+the children more observant, and so prepare the
+way for better drawing later.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> Madame Ronner,
+the woman who painted this picture, was very
+fond of cats, as you can easily imagine. She
+had a very large cage made for her pets, with
+wire over the top and glass for the sides. She
+had the sides made of glass so that she could
+always watch the cats when she painted, no
+matter in what part of the cage they happened
+to be; and of course the top was of wire so they
+could have plenty of air. The floor of the cage
+was well cushioned, and there were several hanging
+bobs for the cats to play with.</p>
+
+<p>Her father was an artist, and he, although
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+blind, was her only teacher in drawing and
+painting. She would describe her pictures to
+him, and he would criticize and tell her how
+to improve them.</p>
+
+<p>When she was only sixteen years old she
+exhibited her first picture, which she called
+"Cats in the Window." The picture received a
+great deal of praise and was sold immediately.
+Every one supposed she would paint more
+pictures of cats, because she could paint them
+so well, but for some reason she began to paint
+dogs instead. Her dog pictures won much
+popularity also and for many years she supported
+herself and her blind father by her
+paintings of dogs.</p>
+
+<p>After her father's death she married and
+moved from Amsterdam to Brussels, where she
+again became interested in painting cats. It
+was then that she did her best work. One of
+her best pictures painted at that time was
+"A Fascinating Tale."</p>
+
+<p>Madame Ronner had so much care and
+trouble all her life, it is a wonder she could
+paint such bright, happy pictures. She was
+very poor much of her life, and had not only
+the care and support of her blind father but
+later on of an invalid husband and several
+little children. Still with it all she must have
+found time for a frolic with these fluffy little
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>
+kittens, to have known just how to paint them
+at their best.</p>
+
+<p>Her little children must have liked to play
+with them, too.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
+this picture? Who taught her to draw and
+paint? How could he, when he was blind?
+What other animals did Madame Ronner paint
+besides cats? Which did she paint the better?
+What makes you think she must have liked
+cats? Where did she put them when she
+wanted to paint them? Why did the cage have
+glass sides? Why did it have wire over the
+top? the soft cushions on the floor? What did
+she have for the cats to play with?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p>
+<h2>A HELPING HAND</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Original Picture:</b> Corcoran Gallery, Washington,<br />
+ &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;D.C.</p>
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Emile Renouf (r&#7869; <a name="noof" id="noof"></a>n[=oo]f´´).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Paris, France.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1845; died, 1894.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> Of what is
+this a picture? Where are this man and little
+girl? Where do you think they are going?
+What do you suppose the man does for a living?
+why? How is he dressed? What makes you
+think he loves the little girl? For what is the
+long pole with the rope around it used? How
+is the man guiding the boat now? What do
+you see ahead that he is trying to turn away
+from? What is the little girl doing? How is
+she dressed? Why do you think she cannot
+help very much? What kind of a boat is it?
+What else do you see in the boat? in the picture?
+Why is it called "A Helping Hand"?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> When we go fishing
+for a few hours or half a day we think it great
+fun, but a real fisherman, who earns his living
+that way, has to work very hard. Fishermen
+usually start out at four or five o'clock in the
+morning, and do not come home again until
+late at night. Sometimes they go away for
+several days, fishing night and day.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+ Very probably this little girl is not awake
+mornings when her father eats his breakfast
+and starts out. He wears a rain-proof hat
+and heavy coat, for one never can tell what the
+weather will be out on the water. He must
+take a good lunch with him, too, for he is sure
+to get hungry. The mother will see that the
+lunch is ready.</p>
+
+<p>When the wind is blowing in the right direction
+he puts up the heavy pole you see in the
+center of the boat, lets out the sail, and tightens
+the rope. Then, with a good wind, how fast
+he can go! He knows just where each kind of
+fish likes to stay, and goes straight to the very
+best place. Here he drops his heavy iron
+anchor into the water. This anchor is fastened
+to the boat and keeps it from drifting. Sometimes
+the fish do not bite at all, and he has very
+few to carry home after his hard day's work.
+Then again his great boat is filled full of shiny
+fish. "Fisherman's luck," that is called.</p>
+
+<p>He probably uses that net with the long
+wooden handle to help him catch the big fish.
+He may have used it also to catch his minnows
+for bait. No doubt he catches all the minnows
+he needs before he starts, because they live in
+the shallow water near the shore and it is easier
+to catch them there.</p>
+
+<p>Some fishermen use very long nets, something
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>
+like those you see on a tennis court, only wider
+and stronger. It takes several men to manage
+them. The fish get tangled up in the net, and
+then it is very easy to catch them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p039a-illus" id="p039a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p039a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="343" alt="Little girl and a fisherman" title=""/>
+<p class="caption">From a Thistle Print, Copyright Detroit Publishing Co.</p>
+<p class="caption2"><i>A Helping Hand</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>A flat-bottomed boat is the best for fishing,
+they say. You can move about in it without
+much danger of tipping over, and it holds more.
+The fish often think it is a wharf or a good cool
+place under which to hide, and you can catch
+them easily.</p>
+
+<p>Very likely this little girl has never been out
+with her father on one of his long trips, for it
+would be much too tiresome for so small a girl.
+It would seem, rather, as if he had finished his
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>
+day's work, and was taking his little daughter
+with him on some short errand. Perhaps they
+are on their way home, and there is something
+in that sack the mother needs. Just now there
+is no wind, or it is not in the right direction,
+for they do not use the sail.</p>
+
+<p>Can you see the other oar? It must be in
+the bottom of the boat. The man must row
+hard with the oar he is pulling at or they will
+run into that great rock you see ahead.</p>
+
+<p>It looks as if those little sailboats far off in
+the distance are standing still. Perhaps they
+have no oars, and are waiting for the wind to
+come up and blow them home. If they were
+anchored the sails would be rolled up and put
+away. A good sailor must take good care of his
+boat and sails. If a sail is not stretched out in
+the sun and allowed to dry after a heavy dew or
+rain, it will rot and soon fall to pieces.</p>
+
+<p>A sailor knows how to tie a very tight knot
+which is called a "sailor's knot." He needs to
+know how to tie this, for if the knots are not
+tight and his rope should come untied, or anything
+give way when there is a heavy wind,
+the boat would very likely be overturned.</p>
+
+<p>The little girl looks as if she were putting
+all her strength into those tiny hands that
+cannot near go around the oar. How pleased
+her father seems to be to have her try to help
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>
+him! He knows she is doing the best she can,
+and he lets her think she is helping row the boat.
+It must help him somewhat, just to know that
+she is trying so hard and wants to help.</p>
+
+<p>She must slip about on that seat every time
+the oar moves, for her feet do not touch the
+bottom of the boat. She will be tired when
+she reaches home, and warm too, no doubt.</p>
+
+<p>They will not lose their hats even if the
+wind does blow, for the little girl's bonnet is
+tied under her chin, and her father has pulled
+his rubber hat tight over his head. Often, when
+he is out fishing on the deep sea, the spray
+dashes over the fisherman's boat, and he is glad
+to have a rubber hat and coat to wear.</p>
+
+<p>The little girl wears a large handkerchief
+around her neck, fastened under her arms.
+What do you think is in the pockets of her
+apron to make them puff out so? It must be
+in the summer time, or she would surely wear
+a coat and rubber boots. What a big, heavy
+boat it is! No wonder it takes such a large oar
+to row it.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> Tell something about a fisherman's
+day. When does he start? How does he go?
+<a name="where" id="where"></a>Where? How does he keep his boat from drifting
+while he fishes? What is meant by "fisherman's
+luck"? What is his net for? What
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>
+makes you think the fisherman is going home
+now? Why does he not use his sail? Why does
+he have a flat-bottomed boat? How does a
+good sailor care for his boat and sails? What
+is a "sailor's knot"? Of what use is it? Why
+does the fisherman wear a rubber hat and coat?
+How many think the little girl is helping? Why
+do you think her father is so pleased to have
+her try? What has she on her head? around
+her neck? What time of the year do you think
+it is?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>To the Teacher:</b> The children might be
+allowed to draw or cut out a sailboat and a
+fisherman's hat.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> Very little is known
+about the boyhood of the man who painted this
+picture. His paintings were usually of fisherfolk,
+and of boats on the water. We know
+that in 1886 he came to America and spent
+one year in New York City. It was during
+this time that he painted his picture of Brooklyn
+Bridge, now in the museum in Le Havre, the
+town in France where he died. "A Helping
+Hand" is the most popular of his pictures,
+and may be seen in the Corcoran Gallery
+at Washington, D.C.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
+this picture? What class of people did he like
+to paint? What did he paint during his visit
+to America? Where may this picture be seen?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE STRAWBERRY GIRL</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Original Picture:</b> Wallace Collection, London, England.</p>
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Sir Joshua Reynolds (r&#277;n´´&#365;ldz).</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Plympton, Devonshire, England.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1723; died, 1792.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What do
+you see in this picture? Where do you think
+she is going? What has she on her arm?
+What is it for? Why do you suppose she stands
+so still? Do you think she looks frightened,
+or shy? What has she on her head? How is
+she dressed? How is she holding her hands?
+Why would she not carry strawberries in her
+apron? What can you see behind her? How
+many of you like this picture?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> We all know the
+story about the great artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds,
+and his picture called "Angels' Heads."
+We know, too, how very fond of children he
+was, and how much they liked to go to see him.</p>
+
+<p>Having no children of his own, perhaps he
+would not have understood them so well if his
+little niece had not come to live with him when
+she was a very little girl. Her name was
+Theophila Palmer, but every one called her
+"Offy." When her father died the family
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>
+was left very poor, and so Sir Joshua Reynolds
+wanted to help her mother, who was his sister.
+He offered to adopt Offy as his own little
+daughter and to take her home to live with
+him and his sister in his great house in London.</p>
+
+<p>After living on a farm out in the country all
+her life, you can imagine how excited Offy was
+when it was finally decided that she should go.
+Her uncle came for her in that same big coach
+or carriage in which little Frances Isabelle
+Gordon liked so much to ride.</p>
+
+<p>What a fine time she must have had playing
+in the great yard with Sir Joshua, and with the
+children who came to him to have their pictures
+painted! Very often she would go home to see
+her mother and sister. Then Sir Joshua would
+send his carriage to bring them all back for a
+visit with him. What fun it was to show them
+all around the great house and yard! There
+were fine, large trees in the yard, and behind
+the house was a small garden with a strawberry
+patch at one end.</p>
+
+<p>One bright spring morning Offy woke up
+with a beautiful plan in her head. She would
+surprise her uncle. He had been so very busy
+she felt sure he had not looked at the strawberry
+bed for several days, and did not know the berries
+were ripe. She would take her little basket
+and pick it full of the largest ones for him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p045a-illus" id="p045a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p045a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="642" alt="Little girl" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2"><i>The Strawberry Girl</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was great fun hunting for them, and her
+basket was almost full when suddenly she heard
+steps. It was her uncle and two strange men
+who walked with him. She did not have time
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+to hide, but stood there with her basket on her
+arm, waiting to hear what they would say.</p>
+
+<p>At first she thought her uncle was going to
+scold her, and that is why she looks so shy and
+half afraid. But no, Sir Joshua soon guessed
+why she was picking the strawberries, and he
+was very glad he could offer some to his friends.
+One of the men called Offy "the little strawberry
+girl," and kept her with him all the rest
+of the day.</p>
+
+<p>Sir Joshua seemed to like to look at her that
+day, and she was not surprised the next morning
+when he asked her to bring the basket and come
+into his studio, for he wanted to paint her
+picture. She had had her picture painted
+several times before, and knew just about what
+he would want her to do.</p>
+
+<p>But this time he had a surprise for her. It
+was a large mirror which he placed in such a
+way that she could look in it and see every
+stroke of his pencil and brush as he painted her.
+He had her stand just as she did when he
+surprised her out in the strawberry patch.</p>
+
+<p>As she watched him paint he talked to her
+about the garden and the strawberries. Then
+she told him how she used to gather wild strawberries
+out in the country, and that she and her
+sister and brother started very early in the morning
+because they wanted to find them while they
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+were still wet with dew. There was one place
+not far from their house where there were many
+rocks, and one that was very large. The very
+largest, sweetest berries grew in the shade of
+this great rock. The children used to try to
+see who would reach it first; then they would
+divide the berries they found, for there were
+only a few of them, and all wanted a taste.</p>
+
+<p>As Offy told about the rock Sir Joshua
+Reynolds sketched it in the background of his
+picture, just as he thought it must have looked.</p>
+
+<p>The little girl looks as if she had just
+started away with her basket of berries when
+we stopped her to take her picture. She is
+looking straight at us, with her head bent
+forward a little as she smiles shyly at us with
+her big eyes. Her basket, cap, and dress seem
+strange to us, for little girls do not dress that
+way now. She looks quaint and old-fashioned
+as she stands there, with her hands clasped so
+primly. But one glance at her face tells us
+that she is just a merry, happy little child,
+ready to dart away at any moment for a romp
+in the woods we can see in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>Sir Joshua Reynolds always said that this
+was the best child's picture he ever painted.</p>
+
+<p>Offy was very happy in his home, and lived
+there until she grew up and married. Then
+when she had a little girl of her own she let
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+her visit Sir Joshua and have her picture painted,
+too. It is Offy's little daughter we see in the
+picture called "Simplicity." Her name was
+Offy, too.</p>
+
+<p>With so many lovely pictures of children
+it is no wonder Sir Joshua Reynolds was called
+the "Prince of Child Painters."</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> Who painted this picture? What
+other picture of his have we studied? Who can
+tell something about Sir Joshua Reynolds?
+What little girl came to live with him? How
+did she happen to come? Where had she lived?
+Who brought her, and how? Tell about Sir
+Joshua Reynolds's house and yard. Where
+was the strawberry patch? What did Offy plan
+to do to surprise her uncle? What happened?
+What did one of the men call Offy? What did
+her uncle do the next morning? How was
+Offy surprised? Of what use was the mirror?
+Tell how Offy gathered strawberries in the
+country. Where did the largest berries grow?
+Why did Sir Joshua Reynolds paint the rock
+in the picture? What did he say about this
+picture? What became of Offy? Why do
+you think Sir Joshua Reynolds liked to paint
+this little girl?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>To the Teacher:</b> Illustrate the story of a
+little girl picking strawberries. Use charcoal
+and manila paper. Ask some child to pose for
+the picture, and encourage the children to draw
+a background that tells the story.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+ <b>The story of the artist.</b> The great room or
+studio in which Sir Joshua Reynolds painted
+was a wonderful place for a child to visit. In
+it one could find all kinds of toys, as well as
+birds and other pets. Most of the children who
+came to see Sir Joshua were of very wealthy
+families, but he did not care for that. He
+always asked their mothers to please let them
+wear their oldest clothes so they could have
+a good time. In fact, he did not like fine
+clothes, and usually the children in his pictures
+are dressed so simply you cannot tell whether
+they are rich or poor. He played games with
+them and told them stories. They were always
+sure of a good time and so no wonder they
+liked to visit him.</p>
+
+<p>Many artists have been poor, and have had
+to work very hard just to earn enough to eat,
+but Sir Joshua was not one of these. He was
+fortunate in being able to sell all his pictures as
+fast as he could paint them and so always had
+plenty of money.</p>
+
+<p>Many strange stories are told of Joshua's
+father because he was such an absent-minded
+man. One day he rode to town on horseback.
+He was wearing high-topped boots which were
+so loose that one fell off while he was riding
+along. He did not notice it at all, for he was
+thinking of something else. But when he
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+reached town and got off his horse he was very
+much surprised and embarrassed to find himself
+wearing only one boot.</p>
+
+<p>When Sir Joshua went to London to learn how
+to paint he wrote to his father, "While I am
+doing this, I am the happiest creature alive."
+After he had been away several years he met a
+young sailor, Admiral Keppel, who invited him
+to go on a long sail on the Mediterranean Sea.
+This was a great opportunity for Sir Joshua,
+and he was glad to go. He spent some time
+in Italy, and when he came home he painted a
+portrait of his friend, Admiral Keppel, which
+every one admired. It was this picture that
+first made him famous.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Tell about Sir
+Joshua Reynolds's studio. Why did children
+like to visit him? How did he wish them to
+dress? why? Tell about his father and the
+boot. Was Sir Joshua Reynolds rich or poor?
+When he was away from home, learning to
+paint, what did he write to his father? Tell
+about Admiral Keppel and his picture.</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE RETURN TO THE FARM</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><b>Original Picture:</b> The Louvre <a name="loo" id="loo"></a>(l[=oo]´vr'), Paris, France.</p>
+<p><b>Artist:</b> Constant Troyon (trwä´yôn´´)</p>
+<p><b>Birthplace:</b> Sèvres (Sâ´´vr'), France.</p>
+<p><b>Dates:</b> Born, 1810; died, 1865.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to arouse interest.</b> What do you
+see in this picture? Where are the animals
+going? Where do you think they have been?
+Who is driving them? What time of day do
+you think it is? Do you think it is a warm or
+a cold day? why? Which is the leader of the
+sheep? Notice the knees of the animals. What
+do they show? Where is the donkey? Why
+does the dog seem so anxious? From what
+direction are the animals coming? See if you
+can find any two sheep just alike. What can
+you see in the distance? Where is the shady
+part in the picture? Do you like this picture?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the picture.</b> It is at the close of
+day; the cows, the sheep, and the donkey have
+been out in the pasture all day, and when the
+dog and his master came for them they were
+ready to start for home.</p>
+
+<p>We can hardly see the man in the picture.
+He is walking along the river bank farther back.
+Perhaps he is walking slowly so as to give the
+cows time to wade out into that cool little
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+pond, where they can drink and refresh themselves.
+But the dog feels that he must look
+after them, so he tries his best to keep them
+out of the water. That one dark cow has just
+about made up her mind to follow the others
+into the water, and the dog is barking at her,
+trying to persuade her not to go. The cow
+just leaving the water turns around to call the
+rest, half wishing to go back herself. When
+the man comes along they will know it is time
+for them to be on their way again.</p>
+
+<p>The dog has an anxious time of it, for he
+never knows when the sheep, too, may see a
+green field and start away from the road in
+spite of him. Even now one is looking away
+from the leader.</p>
+
+<p>The donkey seems to be following along very
+quietly. It may be that the man has stayed
+behind to look after him, or perhaps there are
+more cattle coming around the curve in the
+road, or stopping to rest in the deep shade of
+those heavy trees.</p>
+
+<p>This picture was painted in France, but it
+might well have been done in our own country,
+for we have all seen grass-covered, shady roads
+like this one, and just such a group of animals.
+Is it not strange that, although all the animals
+in the road are coming toward us, no two are in
+the same position?</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter bord" style="width: 500px;">
+<a name="p053a-illus" id="p053a-illus"></a>
+<img src="images/p053a-illus.jpg" width="500" height="315" alt="Little girl" title=""/>
+<p class="caption2"><i>The Return to the Farm</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The sun is steadily going down; soon all the
+animals will be at home, the cows will be milked,
+the sheep safe in the fold, and the donkey in
+his stall. Then the good old dog will be glad
+to have his supper and lie down and rest. It
+is wonderful how much a dog can help on a
+farm, and how many steps he saves the farmer
+by his willing, cheerful help. It is very unusual
+indeed to find a farmer without a dog.</p>
+
+<p>If you look at the long shadows on the road
+of the sheep and the cows you can tell easily in
+what direction they are going so late in the
+afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>Constant Troyon, the man who painted
+this picture, delighted in painting groups of
+animals coming toward us. No matter where
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>
+we stand, so long as we can see them, they are
+coming to meet us. It makes us feel as if we
+must step aside and let them pass, they are so
+real.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions to help the pupil understand the
+picture.</b> Who goes after the cows and sheep?
+Where will they find them? Where is the man
+in the picture? Why do you suppose he is
+walking slowly? What does the dog think
+he must do? What is he trying to persuade
+that dark cow not to do? What does the cow
+which is just leaving the water seem to want
+to do? Why does the dog look so worried?
+Where was this picture painted? Where have
+you seen a road that looks like this? What
+will probably happen when these cows and
+sheep reach home? Of what use is the dog?
+Why do most farmers have a dog? How can a
+dog help his master in the city? In what
+direction are the cows and sheep going? What
+makes you think so?</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The story of the artist.</b> When Constant
+Troyon was a little boy he used to love to go to
+visit his father at the big factory where all kinds
+of china and pottery were made. He liked to
+watch the men decorate the china, and as soon
+as he was old enough he went into the factory
+and learned how to do it himself. This was the
+way he first learned how to draw.</p>
+
+<p>He was not long content with china painting,
+however, and soon began painting large
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>
+pictures of places he cared about near home.
+He would take his paints and search out just
+the place he liked to paint; then he would stay
+there all day long, as happy as could be.</p>
+
+<p>At first he painted just because he liked to,
+and did not try to paint pictures to sell or to
+please others, for he earned all the money he
+needed in the porcelain factory. After a while
+his friends persuaded him to exhibit his paintings
+so that all the people could see them, and
+when he did so he was amazed to find that
+every one admired them, and that he had become
+very popular.</p>
+
+<p>Of a powerful frame, he could be seen tramping
+about in all kinds of weather. He made
+friends wherever he went, for he was always
+good-natured and kind-hearted. People usually
+speak of him as a painter of cattle, but he painted
+quite as many pictures of sheep and dogs.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Questions about the artist.</b> Who painted
+this picture? What did he like to paint best?
+Where did Constant Troyon learn to draw?
+What was made at his father's factory? What
+did Troyon do when he was old enough? Where
+did he paint his large pictures? Why did he
+paint? How did people like his pictures?
+How did they like him? What other animals
+did he like to paint besides cattle?</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS</h2>
+
+
+<p><b>Studying the picture.</b> Several days before the lesson is to
+be taken up, the picture to be studied should be placed where
+every pupil can see it.</p>
+
+<p>First of all, the children should find out for themselves
+what is in the picture. The questions accompanying the
+story of each picture are intended to help them to do this.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Language work.</b> The pupils should be encouraged in class
+to talk freely and naturally. In this way the lesson becomes
+a language exercise in which the pupils will gain in freedom
+of expression and in the ability to form clear mental images.</p>
+
+<p>If a lesson does not occupy the entire drawing period, the
+children should be asked to retell the story of the picture.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Dramatization and drawing.</b> Most of the stories told by the
+pictures lend themselves readily to dramatization and, whenever
+practicable, such stories should be acted out. The stories
+also offer numerous interesting situations that may be used
+as subjects for drawing lessons.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The review lesson.</b> The review lesson should cover all pictures
+and artists studied throughout the year. At this time
+other pictures available by the same artists should be on
+exhibition.</p>
+
+<p>The review work may be conducted as a contest in which
+the pictures are held up, one at a time, while the class writes
+the name of the picture and the artist on slips of paper which
+have been prepared and numbered for that purpose. One
+teacher who used this device surprised her class by presenting
+those whose lists were correct with their choice of any of the
+large-sized Perry pictures studied.</p>
+
+<p>Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for
+composition work, although the description of pictures is often
+given as an English lesson. Pupils may write a description of
+ <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+their favorite picture. In fact, the lessons can be made to
+correlate with history, geography, English, spelling, reading, or
+nature study.</p>
+
+<p>In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils
+shall become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize
+them as old friends whenever and wherever they may see
+them.</p>
+
+<p>It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the
+interest awakened by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation
+and understanding of the artist's work. Thus the children
+will have many happy hours and will learn to love the good,
+the true, and the beautiful in everything about them.</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="tn">
+<h4>Transcriber's Note:</h4>
+<ul class="corrections">
+<li>Some words have accents of different weights. The heavier accent is
+marked double (''). (Example: bo'nur'')</li>
+<li>Pg <a href="#zhan">21</a> Pronunciation guide for (zhä<span class="smcap">N</span> frä<span class="smcap">N</span>´ swä´ m&#275;l&#277;´´)
+presents a Latin letter small capital <span class="smcap">N</span>, a voiced uvular nasal.</li>
+<li>Pg <a href="#noof">37</a> Emile Renouf (r&#7869; n[=oo]f´´) and Pg <a href="#loo">51</a> Louvre (l[=oo]´vr') contains [=oo] representing a "long oo" sound not represented in any charts.</li>
+<li>Pg <a href="#where">41</a> Changed "where" to "Where" in "How does he go? where?".</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32489-h.htm or 32489-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/4/8/32489/
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/32489-h/images/f003a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/f003a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79989cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/f003a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/f004a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/f004a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4298cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/f004a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/f008a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/f008a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a819054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/f008a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p015a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p015a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f60ddeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p015a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p023a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p023a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f945601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p023a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p031a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p031a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b50251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p031a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p039a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p039a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20dd07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p039a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p045a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p045a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf61897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p045a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489-h/images/p053a-illus.jpg b/32489-h/images/p053a-illus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b96bde6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489-h/images/p053a-illus.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/32489.txt b/32489.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc02ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1815 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories Pictures Tell
+ Book Two
+
+Author: Flora Carpenter
+
+Release Date: May 23, 2010 [EBook #32489]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Book title decoration]
+
+ STORIES
+ PICTURES TELL
+
+ BOOK TWO
+
+ _By_
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+ _Instructor in drawing in Waite High School, Toledo, Ohio
+ Formerly supervisor of drawing, Bloomington, Illinois_
+
+ _Illustrated with Half Tones from
+ Original Photographs_
+
+ RAND McNALLY & COMPANY
+ CHICAGO NEW YORK
+
+
+
+
+ _Copyright, 1918, by_
+ RAND MCNALLY & COMPANY
+
+[Illustration: Publisher's symbol]
+
+ Made in U. S. A.
+
+
+
+
+THE CONTENTS
+
+
+ SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER PAGE
+
+ "Shoeing the Bay Mare" _Landseer_ 1
+
+ "Angels' Heads" _Reynolds_ 13
+
+
+ NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, AND JANUARY
+
+ "The First Step" _Millet_ 21
+
+ "A Fascinating Tale" _Mme Ronner_ 29
+
+ FEBRUARY AND MARCH
+
+ "A Helping Hand" _Renouf_ 37
+
+ "The Strawberry Girl" _Reynolds_ 43
+
+ APRIL, MAY, AND JUNE
+
+ "The Return to the Farm" _Troyon_ 51
+
+ Review of Pictures and Artists Studied
+
+ _The Suggestions to Teachers_ 56
+
+
+
+
+THE PREFACE
+
+
+Art supervisors in the public schools assign picture-study work in
+each grade, recommending the study of certain pictures by well-known
+masters. As Supervisor of Drawing I found that the children enjoyed
+this work but that the teachers felt incompetent to conduct the
+lessons as they lacked time to look up the subject and to gather
+adequate material. Recourse to a great many books was necessary and
+often while much information could usually be found about the artist,
+very little was available about his pictures.
+
+Hence I began collecting information about the pictures and preparing
+the lessons for the teachers just as I would give them myself to
+pupils of their grade.
+
+My plan does not include many pictures during the year, as this is to
+be only a part of the art work and is not intended to take the place
+of drawing.
+
+The lessons in this grade may be used for the usual drawing period of
+from twenty to thirty minutes, and have been successfully given in
+that time. However, the most satisfactory way of using the books is as
+supplementary readers, thus permitting each child to study the
+pictures and read the stories himself.
+
+ FLORA L. CARPENTER
+
+[Illustration: SHOEING THE BAY MARE]
+
+
+
+
+STORIES PICTURES TELL
+
+
+
+
+SHOEING THE BAY MARE
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Edwin Landseer (l[)a]nd''s[=e]r).
+ =Birthplace:= London, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1802; died, 1873.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What is the man in this picture doing?
+How many have watched a blacksmith shoe a horse? Why does he wear an
+apron made of leather? From what do the sparks fly? What has the
+blacksmith in his hand? Why do you suppose this horse wears no halter?
+What other animals do you see in this picture? Which has the larger
+ears, the donkey or the horse? Which seems to have the softer coat?
+Which can run the faster? What do you see on the donkey's back? What
+kind of dog is that in the picture? Why do you suppose the hound is so
+interested in what the blacksmith is doing? What else can you see in
+the picture? What makes you think the man is fond of animals? Where is
+the bird? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Here in a building that once may have been
+a home, we see an old-fashioned country blacksmith shop. The wide door
+has been made in two parts so that the upper part can be swung open to
+let in the sunlight. The lower part of the doorway remains closed and
+is just high enough to keep the horse and donkey shut in. But the dog
+could easily jump over it should he become frightened by the flying
+sparks of fire.
+
+The smith is trying a shoe on the hind foot of the beautiful horse,
+but neither the man nor the horse seems quite satisfied with it. The
+horse has an anxious look in her intelligent eyes as she turns her
+head to watch the smith. Though she knows he will do the work
+carefully she cannot help being a little nervous about it. The dog and
+the donkey are also very much interested in what the smith is doing,
+though the dog seems ready to run at any moment. Behind the dog we see
+the blacksmith's anvil on which he hammers the shoe into shape. Every
+time the hammer strikes the red-hot iron, burning sparks fly in all
+directions and the blacksmith wears a leather apron, to keep them from
+burning holes in his clothes.
+
+On the ground beside the blacksmith is a box in which are the tools
+the smith must use. It has a handle so that the smith may carry it
+with him and place it within reach when he is fitting the shoe.
+
+Years ago, when the artist painted this picture, a blacksmith had to
+make each shoe by hand from a bar of iron. Now horseshoes are made
+rapidly by machinery and the blacksmith gets them from the factory. They
+are made in all shapes and sizes and the smith will try several shoes
+until he finds one that fits the horse's hoof. If it needs to be shaped
+a little he must heat it red hot before he can bend it. He puts it into
+the great bed of red-hot coals in his forge, and then blows upon the
+coals with his bellows to make the fire hotter. His heavy iron tongs are
+used to take the red-hot shoe from the coals and to hold it upon the
+anvil while he pounds it into shape. Next he drops it into cold water
+until it is cool enough to try on. The smith must be a strong man to do
+his work well, and in this picture our attention is drawn to the great
+muscles on his arms and the firm strength of his large hands.
+
+It takes great skill to drive the nails into the horse's hoof in just
+such a way that they will hold the shoe firmly and at the same time
+not hurt the hoof. Sometimes, but not very often, a blacksmith drives
+a nail in the wrong direction, and the horse becomes lame. Horses grow
+accustomed to being shod, and seem to like to have comfortable new
+shoes put on. How glad they must be in the winter to have their hoofs
+sharp shod, so they do not slip on the ice!
+
+Betty, the bay mare in this picture, liked to be shod, and as she never
+wore a halter and could go where she pleased, she sometimes went to see
+the blacksmith. The story is told that one day while she was galloping
+over the fields one of her shoes became loose. Betty seemed to know just
+what to do; it was not long before the blacksmith heard a gentle neigh,
+and there was Betty with her head over the gate, asking to be let in.
+Once inside she held up the foot with the loose shoe for the blacksmith
+to fix. You may be sure he patted her velvety neck, and told her that he
+knew just what the trouble was and would fix her up all right.
+
+The shaggy little donkey you see in the picture had to wait until the
+blacksmith had attended to Betty. But he did not care about having his
+shoes fixed anyway, and so did not mind waiting.
+
+The man who owned Betty was Mr. Jacob Bell, and he was so proud of her
+that he wanted her picture painted. In fact, once when Betty had had a
+beautiful colt, Mr. Bell asked Sir Edwin Landseer to paint a picture of
+the two together. But the artist had such a long waiting list of animals
+to paint that he did not get around to Betty's turn for a long time.
+Betty had another colt, but it, too, had grown to be as tall as Betty
+herself before Sir Edwin Landseer at last came out to see her.
+
+He came on the very day that Betty paid her visit to the blacksmith
+shop, and so it was there that Mr. Bell took the artist to see her.
+Landseer had planned to paint the horse out in the green fields; but
+when he saw her in the blacksmith shop, watching every movement of the
+smith with such perfect understanding in her great, intelligent eyes,
+he decided to paint her there.
+
+One can see at a glance that this horse is well cared for; her silky
+coat makes us wish to pet her. Notice the white star-shaped mark on
+her forehead.
+
+The hound must have followed the horse, for he does not look as if he
+belonged in the blacksmith shop. He seems to be a little afraid of the
+hot tongs placed in front of him, and looks as if he might run away
+the next time the sparks begin to fly.
+
+That sleepy-looking little donkey must belong to some child, for you
+can see the saddle on his back. Probably some boy will call for him,
+and ride him home.
+
+Notice how the light comes in through the upper half of the doorway
+and falls upon the figures. Can you see where the light from the fire
+in the forge is shining?
+
+We cannot see the bird in the cage hanging from the roof of the
+blacksmith shop, but no doubt it sang very merrily on the bright sunny
+day this must have been. The smith has placed its cage a safe distance
+from the heat, and where it can get plenty of air and sunlight. No doubt
+they are great friends, but how the bird must wish to try its wings in a
+long flight up beyond the treetops and into the bright blue sky!
+
+When the shoe is fixed the blacksmith will open the door and Betty
+will trot home by herself. No wonder Mr. Bell was proud of a horse
+that knew so much and was so beautiful. Would you not like to have a
+horse like Betty?
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= When a horse
+needs new shoes, where does its owner take it? What is the name of the
+horse in our picture? Why did Betty come to the blacksmith shop? How
+did she let the blacksmith know what she wanted? Does she seem pleased
+with the shoe he is trying on? How can he make it fit? Why does he
+heat the shoe red hot? Upon what does he place the red-hot shoe to
+pound it into shape? On the blackboard draw a picture of an anvil.
+What does the blacksmith use when he blows the coals to make a hotter
+fire? With what does he hold the hot shoes? Why does he put them in
+cold water before trying them on? How does he fasten the shoe on the
+horse's hoof? Why does it not hurt a horse to be shod? What do you see
+on the donkey's back? Of what is the dog afraid? What does the
+blacksmith wear to keep the sparks from burning his clothes? Why is
+that low gate placed in the doorway? To whom did Betty belong? Who
+came to paint her picture? Why did he paint her in the blacksmith
+shop? What makes you think she was well cared for? Why do you suppose
+she is so gentle and patient? Where does the light in the picture come
+from? Why do you like Betty?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Have the pupils memorize the following lines from
+Longfellow's _The Village Blacksmith_:
+
+ And children coming home from school
+ Look in at the open door;
+ They love to see the flaming forge,
+ And hear the bellows roar,
+ And catch the burning sparks that fly
+ Like chaff from a threshing-floor.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Edwin Landseer had three sisters and two
+brothers who liked to draw and paint as well as he did. The father was
+an artist, and he taught them all how to draw when they were very young.
+
+They lived in the country, and often the father went with his children
+for a walk through the fields. There were two very large fields
+separated from each other by a fence with an old-fashioned stile for a
+gate. This stile had several steps, and was built high so that the
+sheep and cows could not jump over. One day when Edwin was six years
+old, and so little that he had to be lifted over this stile, his
+father tells us that "At his request I lifted him over, and finding a
+scrap of paper and a pencil in my pocket, I made him sketch a cow."
+After this Edwin came here nearly every day, and his father called
+these two fields "Edwin's studio."
+
+When Edwin was only thirteen years old two of his pictures were
+exhibited at the Royal Academy. One was a portrait of a mule; the
+other, of a dog and puppies.
+
+Edwin painted always from life, not caring to make copies from the
+work of others. All the sketches he made when he was a little boy were
+carefully kept by the father, and now if you go to England you may see
+them in the South Kensington Museum in London.
+
+Edwin, we are told, was a bright, gentle little boy, with blue eyes
+and light curly hair. At fourteen years of age he became a pupil at
+the Royal Academy. The keeper there was an old man who grew very fond
+of the boy. He would look all about for him, and if he could not find
+him he would say, "Where is my little dog boy?" At this time Edwin had
+three dogs of his own, which he called Brutus, Vixen, and Boxer. They
+were his inseparable companions, and so intelligent that they seemed
+almost able to speak.
+
+For many years he lived and painted in his father's house in a poor
+little room without even a carpet. All the furniture, we are told,
+consisted of three cheap chairs and an easel. Later, he had a fine
+studio not far from a park. There was a small house and garden here,
+and the barn was made over into a studio.
+
+Sir Edwin was not a very good business man, and he left the management
+of all his affairs to his father, who sold his pictures for him and
+kept his accounts.
+
+Landseer was only sixteen years old when he exhibited his wonderful
+picture called "Fighting Dogs Getting Wind." A very rich man whose
+praise meant a great deal at that time bought the picture, and Sir
+Edwin's success was assured. After that so many people brought their
+pets for him to paint that he had to keep a list, and each must wait
+his turn.
+
+It was about this time, too, that he painted an old white horse in the
+stable of another wealthy man. After the picture was finished, ready
+to deliver, it suddenly disappeared. Search was made for it
+everywhere, but it was not found until twenty-four years afterwards. A
+servant had stolen it and hidden it in a hayloft. He was afraid to
+sell it, or even to keep it in his home, for every one would recognize
+the great artist's work.
+
+At the age of twenty-four, Landseer became a member of the Royal
+Academy, which was an unusual honor for so young a man.
+
+The story is told that at an evening party in the home of a well-known
+leader of society in London where Landseer was present, the guests had
+been talking about skill with the hands. One of the guests said that
+no one had ever been found who could draw two things at once. Landseer
+remarked, "Oh, I can do that; lend me two pencils, and I will show you."
+
+He then quickly drew the head of a horse with one hand, at the same
+time drawing a deer's head and antlers with the other hand. Both
+sketches were so good that they might well have been drawn with the
+same hand and with much more study.
+
+Landseer made a special study of lions, too, and painted many pictures
+of them. The great lions at the base of the famous Nelson Monument in
+Trafalgar Square, London, were modeled by him.
+
+Although Landseer painted so many wild animals, birds, and hunting
+scenes, he did not care to hunt or shoot. Sometimes he would hire
+guides to take him into the wildest parts in search of game. But these
+guides felt thoroughly disgusted with him when, a great wild deer
+bounding toward them, he would merely make a sketch of it in his book.
+
+Landseer knew how to use a gun, however, and sometimes did use it with
+great success. But it was the study of live animals that interested
+him most. He often said that to kill a bird was to lose it.
+
+He believed that animals understand, feel, and reason just like people;
+so he represented them in his pictures as happy, sad, gay, dignified,
+frivolous, rich, poor, and in all ways just like human beings.
+
+Landseer did and said all he could against the custom of cutting, or
+"cropping," the ears of dogs. He said that nature intended to protect
+the ears of dogs that "dig in the dirt," and man should not interfere.
+People paid a great deal of attention to what he said, and the custom
+lost favor.
+
+In 1850 the honor of knighthood was conferred upon Landseer. He was
+popular alike with patron and peasant, and no English painter has ever
+been more appreciated in his own country.
+
+Landseer died in London in 1873, at the age of seventy-one.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= What can you tell about the artist who
+painted this picture? Where did he live when he was a boy? How many
+brothers and sisters did he have? Where did they often walk with their
+father? What separated the two fields? How many of you ever saw a
+stile? What animal did Edwin sketch first? Where was "Edwin's studio"?
+What became of the pictures Edwin drew and painted when he was a boy?
+Tell about the keeper of the Royal Academy and Edwin; tell about Edwin
+and his picture of an old white horse; tell about his fine new studio.
+How did Sir Edwin Landseer think animals felt and understood? Tell how
+he went hunting. How well could he draw with his left hand? Why did
+people like him? Why do you think he was a great artist?
+
+
+
+
+ANGELS' HEADS
+
+ =Original Picture:= National Gallery, London,
+ England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (r[)e]n''[)u]ldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Why
+do you think these heads look alike? How do they differ? How many are
+looking up? Which one is looking right at you? Where are the others
+looking? Where does the light come from? Where does the ray of light
+strike each head? Which looks the happiest? the most thoughtful? Which
+one seems to be singing? Which one do you like best? why? How many
+know a little girl with blue eyes and light hair who looks something
+like one of these?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Far back in a beautiful yard, so large
+that it was almost a park, was a house so fine that people drove past
+just to see it. In this house lived a nobleman, his wife, and one
+lovely little daughter. Their names were Lord and Lady William Gordon,
+and the little girl's name was Frances Isabelle Gordon. Perhaps you
+have already guessed that she was the little girl we see in this
+picture. And this is how she happened to have her picture painted:
+The artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, was a great friend of Lord and Lady
+Gordon and used to visit them very often. He would ride in a splendid
+carriage which was gilded and carved on the outside and decorated with
+wonderful pictures painted by himself. He had a coachman and footman,
+too, and when he came riding up the long driveway, little Frances must
+have run out to see the great carriage, for no one else had one like it.
+
+Soon Sir Joshua Reynolds and Frances Isabelle became great friends. He
+could tell such good stories! And then he liked to play games with
+her, and above all he liked to tease her. But she did not mind his
+teasing, for she could run away from him when she did not like it.
+
+Sometimes he would invite her to ride home with him in his carriage.
+Then he would show her his studio where he painted, and let her play
+with some of the toys he always kept ready for his little friends. Very
+likely her mother would tell him to send her home in an hour. How she
+must have enjoyed the ride back all alone in the big carriage, with the
+tall coachman and footman sitting so straight! No doubt she pretended
+she was a great lady riding in state, and sat very still and proper.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds loved this little girl very much, and he was glad
+indeed when one day her mother brought her to have her picture painted.
+
+[Illustration: _Angels' Heads_]
+
+There were no photograph galleries then such as we have now, so there
+was no other way to have one's picture taken. The great artist put
+his piece of canvas on an easel and mixed his colors. Then he told
+Frances Isabelle just where to sit. Although Sir Joshua Reynolds
+painted very rapidly, she had to sit still for a long time, and come
+several days, before the picture could be finished.
+
+First he drew her looking straight at him watching him arrange his
+paints. Then he began to make sketches of her in different positions,
+but he liked her so much in all, that he could not decide which one to
+use. Finally, he thought of painting them all in one picture. Then, as
+little Frances looked so lovely and so like an angel, he decided to
+add the wings and clouds and call his picture "Angels' Heads."
+
+You see at that time, not having any photographers, no one thought of
+showing a person in different positions all in one picture as we do
+nowadays. People were very glad then to have one good picture of their
+friends.
+
+Imagine how pleased and delighted Lord and Lady Gordon must have been
+with these five pictures instead of one, and all so like their little
+girl! The angel heads seem to be floating in the clouds, their faces
+lighted up by the bright ray of sunlight which is reflected in the
+golden hair of each. For Frances Isabelle had the most beautiful
+golden hair and the bluest of blue eyes.
+
+The head at the lower left-hand side of the picture is serious and
+thoughtful, as if some hard question had to be answered. The one just
+above seems quiet, as if listening to the two other angels, who are
+singing happily. These four have quite forgotten us, but the little
+girl who looks straight at us seems to be right here in the room,
+watching us and wondering about us. A happy, healthy little girl, she
+looks as if she would like to run and play with us. Such a sweet,
+winsome face! No wonder Sir Joshua loved her very much.
+
+People came from far and near to see this beautiful painting when it
+was finished. Finally, years later, Lord and Lady Gordon gave it to
+the city of London to hang in the National Gallery of paintings for
+all to see. There it still hangs, and people who go to London always
+look for it, and find it just as lovely as ever.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Of whom is this
+a picture? Where did she live? How did she happen to have her picture
+painted? Who painted it? What kind of a carriage did he have? What did
+he sometimes ask her to do? Why did she not go to a photographer to
+have her picture taken? How long did it take Sir Joshua Reynolds to
+paint her picture? Why did he paint so many pictures of her? Why did
+he call the picture "Angels' Heads"? How many faces are looking at
+us? Where do they seem to be? Which one is the prettiest? Did Lord and
+Lady Gordon like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Sir Joshua Reynolds's father was a teacher
+in a private school, and to this school Joshua was sent as soon as he
+was old enough. Even when a very little boy Joshua liked to draw. He
+liked so well to draw that it was very hard for him to study in
+school. He always saw so many things to draw that he could not wait
+until after school, but drew them on the back of his lesson papers.
+
+One day he drew all over his number paper, and when he handed it in,
+his father could not read the numbers on account of the drawing. His
+father was disappointed because his son's paper did not look so neat
+as the other boys', and so he wrote at the top of the paper, "Done by
+Joshua out of pure idleness."
+
+Joshua had five brothers and sisters who liked to draw just as well as
+he did, and who could all draw very much better than he could.
+
+It took so much paper and so many pencils for all his children, that
+finally the father told them they might draw on the walls of the
+halls. These walls had been whitewashed and the children used burnt
+sticks for pencils.
+
+At first the older brothers and sisters used to help little Joshua by
+guiding his hand, but he soon learned to draw as well as they. His
+first drawings had been so funny that they had laughed at him. Now
+they praised him instead.
+
+When he was only eight years old Joshua drew a picture that every one
+praised very much. It was a picture of the schoolhouse. His father was
+so pleased when he saw it that he said, "This is wonderful!"
+
+In the little town where Joshua lived the people went to church on
+Sundays, of course, and sometimes also during the week. One day,
+Joshua went to church. At first he sat very still; but the sermon was
+a very long one, and finally he grew so tired he could not listen
+another minute. He thought he would like to draw a picture of the
+minister, but he had nothing to draw it on. Then he remembered that he
+had a pencil in his pocket, and that he could draw the picture on his
+thumb nail. That is just what he did.
+
+The church was near the river, and after church Joshua went down to
+the river bank. Finding a piece of an old sail, he carried it to a
+boathouse, and here, from the picture on his thumb nail, he drew on
+the piece of sail the portrait of the minister. Then he painted it,
+using common paint such as is used to paint boats. Joshua was only
+eleven years old, and had finished his first oil painting. His father
+had wanted him to be a doctor, but after seeing this picture he
+decided to let Joshua have his own way and be a painter. He sent him
+to a good teacher, and lived to see his son a great artist.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did Sir
+Joshua Reynolds like to do when he was a boy? Who was his teacher? How
+did he spoil his number paper? Why was his father disappointed? How
+many brothers and sisters did he have? On what did they draw? With
+what did they draw? How old was Joshua when he drew the picture of the
+schoolhouse? What did his father say when he saw this picture? How did
+Joshua happen to paint a picture of the minister? On what did he make
+his first sketch? Where did he finish the picture? On what did he
+paint it? What kind of paints did he use? What did Joshua's father
+want him to be when he grew up? After he had seen this picture, what
+did he say Joshua might be? Why do we want to remember him?
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST STEP
+
+ =Artist:= Jean Francois Millet (zhaeN fraeN' swae' m[=e]l[)e]'').
+ =Birthplace:= Gruchy, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1814; died, 1875.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? What is
+the father doing? Who holds the baby? What is the baby trying to do? Why
+is the picture called "The First Step"? How many have a baby brother or
+sister who is just learning to walk? What has the father been doing? Why
+do you think so? Why did he stop? What is on the ground beside him? How
+is the man dressed? Where do these people live? What separates the house
+from the garden? What can you see next to the fence? Why do you think it
+is not a very warm day? Why do you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= One bright day in the early fall of the
+year, when the leaves of the trees were thickest and the woodbine on
+the fence was just beginning to turn red, a little child was fretting
+to go outdoors. He was tired of staying in when all was beautiful
+outside, and he wanted his mother to stop her work and take him out
+into the sunshine, to the garden where his father was working. And by
+and by that is just what she did. Putting on her own cap, and a bonnet
+on the child's head, so there would be no danger of his taking cold,
+she carried him out to the old fence.
+
+When the father saw them coming through the gate he dropped his spade
+and started to meet them. The little boy began to wave his arms,
+impatient to reach his father. Then the mother thought this would be a
+good time to let him try to walk. Placing him on the ground, she holds
+him safely while the father holds out his arms invitingly.
+
+See, the baby has stepped forward! Now the mother will let him try to
+walk alone, keeping close behind, and ready to catch him if he should
+fall, until he reaches his father's arms. How proud they will be when
+their baby takes his first step all alone! He has been creeping and
+crawling for a long time, but now he is big enough to stand on his feet.
+
+This family of hard-working peasants have little time for play; they
+must work to keep up their home. The father, as you see, has been
+digging potatoes with that heavy spade. He will put them in his
+wheelbarrow and take them to the house. Perhaps he will have enough to
+last him all winter, and some to sell, too.
+
+The potatoes he wants to keep he will bury in the ground. In those
+days very few people had cellars in which to keep their vegetables.
+Instead, they would dig a great hole in the ground, line it with
+straw, and then put the potatoes in, covering them with straw and
+earth. Then, instead of going to the grocery to buy potatoes as we do,
+they went out into the yard and dug them up.
+
+[Illustration: _The First Step_]
+
+No doubt the father made this fence, the spade, the pitchfork, and
+even the wheelbarrow we see in the picture, while the mother, we are
+sure, made all their clothes except the wooden shoes. Perhaps the
+father made them.
+
+In those days the mothers could not go down to the store to buy the
+goods for their clothes as we do now. Instead they spun thread out of
+flax or wool, and then wove it into cloth on a great loom something
+like the small looms we use in school to make rugs and hammocks. This
+they usually did during the winter when there was less work to do, for
+there were so many more things that had to be done during the summer
+than during the winter.
+
+In summer they had to take care of the fruit just as our mothers do.
+But they did not know anything about canning it,--they would cook it a
+long time and make preserves or else they would dry it. They dried
+most of their fruit, making it just like the dried apples, peaches,
+and apricots we buy at the store.
+
+In France, where this picture was painted, the women worked out in the
+fields just like the men. So you see how very busy they must have
+been. And yet they always found time to love and care for their little
+children.
+
+We do not know even the name of this baby, or of his mother or father.
+The artist, Millet, thought that of no importance at all. He did not
+even care to show us their faces, any more than he would care to show
+us the buttons on their clothes. The important thing is the love and
+tenderness of this mother and father as they stop their work to guide,
+help, and encourage their baby in taking his first step. All his life
+the baby will find them never too tired or weary to help him when he
+needs it most.
+
+Peasants like these, we know, lived in France, and as a rule they were
+very poor, although the two in our picture seem thrifty and
+comfortable. The trees, even the grass growing up beside the fence,
+seem sturdy and strong like the peasants to whom they belong.
+
+We feel the strength of the father's extended arms, so ready and able
+to protect this baby. The mother, too, will do her share. Even the
+trees seem to bend toward these three as if to assure them of their
+protection.
+
+This is a simple, homelike picture, whose chief beauty lies in its
+strong appeal to our feeling of sympathy with, and interest in, these
+honest country people.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= What has the man
+been doing? With what did he dig the potatoes? Where will he put them?
+Why does he not put them in the cellar? How will he keep them all
+winter? How will he bury them? Who made these peasants' clothes? the
+wheelbarrow, the spade, and the pitchfork? Why did they not buy them?
+How did the mother make the cloth for their clothes? When did she do
+this? What must she do during the summer? How did they keep their
+fruit? Why do you think they are a happy family?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Jean Francois Millet was the son of French
+peasants who must have been very much like the father and mother in
+this picture. But a picture of Millet's boyhood would not be complete
+unless it included his grandmother. You see, that dear old lady rocked
+him to sleep, played with him, and kept him happy all day long while
+his mother, like all French peasants, worked out in the fields with
+his father.
+
+It was she who was the first to discover that her little grandson
+liked to draw. His first drawings were copies of pictures in his
+grandmother's old illustrated Bible. He would listen to stories read
+to him from the Bible and then he would take a piece of chalk and draw
+a picture of what happened in the story.
+
+Soon he began to draw large, bold pictures which covered the stone
+wall of their house. The grandmother was much pleased! She found a new
+story to read or tell him nearly every day.
+
+Of course his father and mother saw the pictures as soon as they came
+home, and encouraged the boy as much as they could. The father liked
+to draw, too, but he could not see why Millet should be making up
+pictures from imagination when there were so many real things to draw.
+So he called his son's attention to the trees, the fields, and houses
+in the distance, and soon the boy began to draw these, too.
+
+One Sunday when Millet was coming home from church he met an old man,
+his back bent over a cane as he walked slowly along. Something about the
+bent figure made Millet feel he would like to draw a picture of the man
+just as he looked then. Taking a piece of charcoal from his pocket, he
+drew a picture of him from memory. He drew it on a stone wall, and as
+people passed that way they recognized the man. All liked the picture
+very much, and told Millet so. His father, too, was delighted, and
+decided that his son should have a chance to become an artist.
+
+One day the two went to an artist who lived in a neighboring town and
+showed him some of Millet's sketches. The artist was amazed, and at
+first would not believe the boy had drawn them. You may be sure he was
+glad to have this bright boy for a pupil. But Millet studied with him
+only two months, when he was called home by the death of his father.
+
+At first it seemed as if they needed him so much at home he would
+never be able to go on with his studies. But soon the good people in
+the little village collected a sum of money and gave it to Millet,
+telling him it was for him to use to go to Paris and study. Millet was
+almost a grown man by this time, and you may be sure he was grateful
+and that he worked very hard while in Paris. But people did not like
+his pictures, and he was very poor. Other artists painted pictures of
+beautiful people dressed in fine clothes and living in rich homes, and
+so nobody cared for Millet's poor, humble peasants, dressed in their
+working clothes and doing the work they had to do.
+
+It was not until Millet was an old man that people began to appreciate
+his work. Now most of those fashionable artists of his time have been
+forgotten, while the paintings of Jean Francois Millet have become
+more and more valuable.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Where did the artist live? Who took care
+of Millet when he was little? Why was his mother away from home so
+much? Who was the first one to see his drawings? What did he draw?
+What did he use to make the drawings? Who helped him? how? How did his
+father help him? Tell about the old man leaning on a cane. Where did
+Millet draw his picture? Who saw it? What did they say? Where did his
+father take him to study? What did the artist think when he saw
+Millet's sketches? Why did Millet go home? What did his neighbors do
+for him? Where did he go then? Why was he so poor there? Why did not
+people like his pictures? What do people think of his pictures now?
+
+
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ =Artist:= Madame Henriette Ronner (roen''n[~e]r).
+ =Birthplace:= Amsterdam, Holland.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1821. Still living, 1916.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= In what room are these kittens? Why do
+you think so? Where is the mother cat? the kittens? What are they
+looking at? Why do you think the mouse does not know that the kittens
+can see his tail? Which one do you think will catch the mouse? Which
+one has the sharpest eyes? Which one looks frightened? Which one looks
+surprised? Why do you suppose they did not catch the mouse before it
+tried to hide? If they keep very still, what will the mouse think?
+What will he do? What will happen then? What is on the table beside
+the kittens? What may happen to the ink bottle if the big cat jumps?
+What is the color of these kittens' fur? How many of you have a pet
+kitten at home? Which one of these would you rather have? Why is the
+picture called "A Fascinating Tale"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= Early one morning two plump little kittens
+started out in search of adventure. The library door was open, and
+both little kittens heard a queer rustling noise on the big library
+table. Up on a chair they jumped, then up on the table, just in time
+to see a little mouse darting under some papers. The mouse thought
+the kittens would not know where it was if it kept very still; but
+there was its tail in plain sight.
+
+The kittens were so frightened they did not know what to do. They
+tried to remember all their mother had taught them about catching a
+mouse, but they could only watch that tail, scarcely breathing for
+fear it would move. The mother cat came just then, hunting for her
+kittens. When she saw them keeping so still she knew there must be
+something the matter.
+
+In the picture she is all ready to spring upon the mouse as soon as he
+moves, so she can be sure to catch him. How confident she looks, and
+how pleased she is that the kittens found the mouse and will help her
+catch it! The kittens are so excited it is doubtful whether they can
+help very much; but if she can persuade one of them just to touch that
+tail, then all will be a scramble. More likely they will all keep so
+still that the mouse will think he is alone and come out.
+
+[Illustration: _A Fascinating Tale_]
+
+Which cat do you think will catch him? The little white kitten is the
+more daring of the two, as she stands there, paws braced wide apart,
+all ready to spring either toward the mouse or away from it. She is
+quite undecided which to do. The little black kitten wants to see
+all that is going on, but at a safe distance.
+
+How those books and papers will be scattered about when the old cat
+jumps for the mouse! The ink bottle is in a very bad place, although
+the inkstand looks as if it were a heavy one and would be hard to
+overturn, even if the cat does jump on it.
+
+Did you ever watch a cat catch a mouse? My! how fast that mouse will
+have to run if he is to get away! Notice the long, graceful, curving
+body of the mother cat, and how she holds her head alert as she plans
+how to catch the mouse.
+
+Although these three cats are all still for the moment, we are made to
+feel that each is about to do something, and we wonder just what that
+something will be. Notice the different colors of the cats' fur and of
+the books placed carelessly in a row. Let us think how this table will
+look in just a few moments.
+
+
+A FASCINATING TALE
+
+ Books and ink, and kittens three
+ In this picture we can see
+ All upon a table wide.
+ What is that from them would hide?
+
+ Little mouse, your tail's too long;
+ It's your fault; if they do wrong.
+ All these books will surely fall,
+ Ink stains soon will cover all.
+
+ Did you think that you were hid?
+ Or perchance of them were rid?
+ Don't you know your tail's in sight
+ Of those kittens' eyes so bright?
+
+ You are wise to keep quite still,
+ For they're watching with a will.
+ Maybe you can make them think
+ It's the cord that ties the ink.
+
+ Mother Cat looks very wise;
+ She will know it by its size.
+ She has taught her kittens, too,
+ Just exactly what to do.
+
+ Which will get you? Have a care,
+ For to lose you they'll not dare.
+ Though they're frightened, we can see
+ With her help it's you must flee.
+
+ Ah, you moved it! Such a fuss!
+ All the things are in a muss!
+ And they caught you, as I thought;
+ You're a nuisance, so they ought.
+
+ Which one did it? I can't tell.
+ All I know is, something fell.
+ But they all look very proud,
+ And their purr is very loud.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= How did the
+kittens happen to find the mouse? How did they get up on the table?
+Where did the mouse try to hide? Why was that not a good place? What
+were the kittens afraid of? Who came to help them? What did she do?
+How does she look? Which kitten is the more daring? What is between
+the black kitten and the mouse? What will very likely happen to the
+books and papers? Which way do you think the white kitten will jump?
+the mother cat? Which one will catch the mouse?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Encourage the children to talk about their own pets
+at home, and to draw pictures of them. The drawings may not be good in
+themselves, but such practice will make the children more observant,
+and so prepare the way for better drawing later.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Madame Ronner, the woman who painted this
+picture, was very fond of cats, as you can easily imagine. She had a
+very large cage made for her pets, with wire over the top and glass
+for the sides. She had the sides made of glass so that she could
+always watch the cats when she painted, no matter in what part of the
+cage they happened to be; and of course the top was of wire so they
+could have plenty of air. The floor of the cage was well cushioned,
+and there were several hanging bobs for the cats to play with.
+
+Her father was an artist, and he, although blind, was her only
+teacher in drawing and painting. She would describe her pictures to
+him, and he would criticize and tell her how to improve them.
+
+When she was only sixteen years old she exhibited her first picture,
+which she called "Cats in the Window." The picture received a great
+deal of praise and was sold immediately. Every one supposed she would
+paint more pictures of cats, because she could paint them so well, but
+for some reason she began to paint dogs instead. Her dog pictures won
+much popularity also and for many years she supported herself and her
+blind father by her paintings of dogs.
+
+After her father's death she married and moved from Amsterdam to
+Brussels, where she again became interested in painting cats. It was
+then that she did her best work. One of her best pictures painted at
+that time was "A Fascinating Tale."
+
+Madame Ronner had so much care and trouble all her life, it is a wonder
+she could paint such bright, happy pictures. She was very poor much of
+her life, and had not only the care and support of her blind father but
+later on of an invalid husband and several little children. Still with
+it all she must have found time for a frolic with these fluffy little
+kittens, to have known just how to paint them at their best.
+
+Her little children must have liked to play with them, too.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? Who taught her
+to draw and paint? How could he, when he was blind? What other animals
+did Madame Ronner paint besides cats? Which did she paint the better?
+What makes you think she must have liked cats? Where did she put them
+when she wanted to paint them? Why did the cage have glass sides? Why
+did it have wire over the top? the soft cushions on the floor? What
+did she have for the cats to play with?
+
+
+
+
+A HELPING HAND
+
+ =Original Picture:= Corcoran Gallery, Washington,
+ D.C.
+ =Artist:= Emile Renouf (r[~e] n[=oo]f'').
+ =Birthplace:= Paris, France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1845; died, 1894.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= Of what is this a picture? Where are
+this man and little girl? Where do you think they are going? What do
+you suppose the man does for a living? why? How is he dressed? What
+makes you think he loves the little girl? For what is the long pole
+with the rope around it used? How is the man guiding the boat now?
+What do you see ahead that he is trying to turn away from? What is the
+little girl doing? How is she dressed? Why do you think she cannot
+help very much? What kind of a boat is it? What else do you see in the
+boat? in the picture? Why is it called "A Helping Hand"?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= When we go fishing for a few hours or half a
+day we think it great fun, but a real fisherman, who earns his living
+that way, has to work very hard. Fishermen usually start out at four or
+five o'clock in the morning, and do not come home again until late at
+night. Sometimes they go away for several days, fishing night and day.
+
+Very probably this little girl is not awake mornings when her father
+eats his breakfast and starts out. He wears a rain-proof hat and heavy
+coat, for one never can tell what the weather will be out on the
+water. He must take a good lunch with him, too, for he is sure to get
+hungry. The mother will see that the lunch is ready.
+
+When the wind is blowing in the right direction he puts up the heavy
+pole you see in the center of the boat, lets out the sail, and
+tightens the rope. Then, with a good wind, how fast he can go! He
+knows just where each kind of fish likes to stay, and goes straight to
+the very best place. Here he drops his heavy iron anchor into the
+water. This anchor is fastened to the boat and keeps it from drifting.
+Sometimes the fish do not bite at all, and he has very few to carry
+home after his hard day's work. Then again his great boat is filled
+full of shiny fish. "Fisherman's luck," that is called.
+
+He probably uses that net with the long wooden handle to help him
+catch the big fish. He may have used it also to catch his minnows for
+bait. No doubt he catches all the minnows he needs before he starts,
+because they live in the shallow water near the shore and it is easier
+to catch them there.
+
+Some fishermen use very long nets, something like those you see on a
+tennis court, only wider and stronger. It takes several men to manage
+them. The fish get tangled up in the net, and then it is very easy to
+catch them.
+
+[Illustration: From a Thistle Print, Copyright Detroit Publishing Co.
+
+_A Helping Hand_]
+
+A flat-bottomed boat is the best for fishing, they say. You can move
+about in it without much danger of tipping over, and it holds more.
+The fish often think it is a wharf or a good cool place under which to
+hide, and you can catch them easily.
+
+Very likely this little girl has never been out with her father on one
+of his long trips, for it would be much too tiresome for so small a
+girl. It would seem, rather, as if he had finished his day's work,
+and was taking his little daughter with him on some short errand.
+Perhaps they are on their way home, and there is something in that
+sack the mother needs. Just now there is no wind, or it is not in the
+right direction, for they do not use the sail.
+
+Can you see the other oar? It must be in the bottom of the boat. The
+man must row hard with the oar he is pulling at or they will run into
+that great rock you see ahead.
+
+It looks as if those little sailboats far off in the distance are
+standing still. Perhaps they have no oars, and are waiting for the wind
+to come up and blow them home. If they were anchored the sails would be
+rolled up and put away. A good sailor must take good care of his boat
+and sails. If a sail is not stretched out in the sun and allowed to dry
+after a heavy dew or rain, it will rot and soon fall to pieces.
+
+A sailor knows how to tie a very tight knot which is called a
+"sailor's knot." He needs to know how to tie this, for if the knots
+are not tight and his rope should come untied, or anything give way
+when there is a heavy wind, the boat would very likely be overturned.
+
+The little girl looks as if she were putting all her strength into
+those tiny hands that cannot near go around the oar. How pleased her
+father seems to be to have her try to help him! He knows she is doing
+the best she can, and he lets her think she is helping row the boat.
+It must help him somewhat, just to know that she is trying so hard and
+wants to help.
+
+She must slip about on that seat every time the oar moves, for her
+feet do not touch the bottom of the boat. She will be tired when she
+reaches home, and warm too, no doubt.
+
+They will not lose their hats even if the wind does blow, for the
+little girl's bonnet is tied under her chin, and her father has pulled
+his rubber hat tight over his head. Often, when he is out fishing on
+the deep sea, the spray dashes over the fisherman's boat, and he is
+glad to have a rubber hat and coat to wear.
+
+The little girl wears a large handkerchief around her neck, fastened
+under her arms. What do you think is in the pockets of her apron to
+make them puff out so? It must be in the summer time, or she would
+surely wear a coat and rubber boots. What a big, heavy boat it is! No
+wonder it takes such a large oar to row it.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Tell something
+about a fisherman's day. When does he start? How does he go? Where?
+How does he keep his boat from drifting while he fishes? What is meant
+by "fisherman's luck"? What is his net for? What makes you think the
+fisherman is going home now? Why does he not use his sail? Why does he
+have a flat-bottomed boat? How does a good sailor care for his boat
+and sails? What is a "sailor's knot"? Of what use is it? Why does the
+fisherman wear a rubber hat and coat? How many think the little girl
+is helping? Why do you think her father is so pleased to have her try?
+What has she on her head? around her neck? What time of the year do
+you think it is?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= The children might be allowed to draw or cut out a
+sailboat and a fisherman's hat.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= Very little is known about the boyhood of
+the man who painted this picture. His paintings were usually of
+fisherfolk, and of boats on the water. We know that in 1886 he came to
+America and spent one year in New York City. It was during this time
+that he painted his picture of Brooklyn Bridge, now in the museum in
+Le Havre, the town in France where he died. "A Helping Hand" is the
+most popular of his pictures, and may be seen in the Corcoran Gallery
+at Washington, D.C.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What class of
+people did he like to paint? What did he paint during his visit to
+America? Where may this picture be seen?
+
+
+
+
+THE STRAWBERRY GIRL
+
+ =Original Picture:= Wallace Collection, London, England.
+ =Artist:= Sir Joshua Reynolds (r[)e]n''[)u]ldz).
+ =Birthplace:= Plympton, Devonshire, England.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1723; died, 1792.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+do you think she is going? What has she on her arm? What is it for?
+Why do you suppose she stands so still? Do you think she looks
+frightened, or shy? What has she on her head? How is she dressed? How
+is she holding her hands? Why would she not carry strawberries in her
+apron? What can you see behind her? How many of you like this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= We all know the story about the great
+artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, and his picture called "Angels' Heads."
+We know, too, how very fond of children he was, and how much they
+liked to go to see him.
+
+Having no children of his own, perhaps he would not have understood them
+so well if his little niece had not come to live with him when she was a
+very little girl. Her name was Theophila Palmer, but every one called
+her "Offy." When her father died the family was left very poor, and so
+Sir Joshua Reynolds wanted to help her mother, who was his sister. He
+offered to adopt Offy as his own little daughter and to take her home to
+live with him and his sister in his great house in London.
+
+After living on a farm out in the country all her life, you can
+imagine how excited Offy was when it was finally decided that she
+should go. Her uncle came for her in that same big coach or carriage
+in which little Frances Isabelle Gordon liked so much to ride.
+
+What a fine time she must have had playing in the great yard with Sir
+Joshua, and with the children who came to him to have their pictures
+painted! Very often she would go home to see her mother and sister.
+Then Sir Joshua would send his carriage to bring them all back for a
+visit with him. What fun it was to show them all around the great
+house and yard! There were fine, large trees in the yard, and behind
+the house was a small garden with a strawberry patch at one end.
+
+One bright spring morning Offy woke up with a beautiful plan in her
+head. She would surprise her uncle. He had been so very busy she felt
+sure he had not looked at the strawberry bed for several days, and did
+not know the berries were ripe. She would take her little basket and
+pick it full of the largest ones for him.
+
+[Illustration: _The Strawberry Girl_]
+
+It was great fun hunting for them, and her basket was almost full when
+suddenly she heard steps. It was her uncle and two strange men who
+walked with him. She did not have time to hide, but stood there with
+her basket on her arm, waiting to hear what they would say.
+
+At first she thought her uncle was going to scold her, and that is why
+she looks so shy and half afraid. But no, Sir Joshua soon guessed why
+she was picking the strawberries, and he was very glad he could offer
+some to his friends. One of the men called Offy "the little strawberry
+girl," and kept her with him all the rest of the day.
+
+Sir Joshua seemed to like to look at her that day, and she was not
+surprised the next morning when he asked her to bring the basket and
+come into his studio, for he wanted to paint her picture. She had had
+her picture painted several times before, and knew just about what he
+would want her to do.
+
+But this time he had a surprise for her. It was a large mirror which
+he placed in such a way that she could look in it and see every stroke
+of his pencil and brush as he painted her. He had her stand just as
+she did when he surprised her out in the strawberry patch.
+
+As she watched him paint he talked to her about the garden and the
+strawberries. Then she told him how she used to gather wild
+strawberries out in the country, and that she and her sister and
+brother started very early in the morning because they wanted to find
+them while they were still wet with dew. There was one place not far
+from their house where there were many rocks, and one that was very
+large. The very largest, sweetest berries grew in the shade of this
+great rock. The children used to try to see who would reach it first;
+then they would divide the berries they found, for there were only a
+few of them, and all wanted a taste.
+
+As Offy told about the rock Sir Joshua Reynolds sketched it in the
+background of his picture, just as he thought it must have looked.
+
+The little girl looks as if she had just started away with her basket
+of berries when we stopped her to take her picture. She is looking
+straight at us, with her head bent forward a little as she smiles
+shyly at us with her big eyes. Her basket, cap, and dress seem strange
+to us, for little girls do not dress that way now. She looks quaint
+and old-fashioned as she stands there, with her hands clasped so
+primly. But one glance at her face tells us that she is just a merry,
+happy little child, ready to dart away at any moment for a romp in the
+woods we can see in the distance.
+
+Sir Joshua Reynolds always said that this was the best child's picture
+he ever painted.
+
+Offy was very happy in his home, and lived there until she grew up and
+married. Then when she had a little girl of her own she let her visit
+Sir Joshua and have her picture painted, too. It is Offy's little
+daughter we see in the picture called "Simplicity." Her name was Offy,
+too.
+
+With so many lovely pictures of children it is no wonder Sir Joshua
+Reynolds was called the "Prince of Child Painters."
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who painted this
+picture? What other picture of his have we studied? Who can tell
+something about Sir Joshua Reynolds? What little girl came to live with
+him? How did she happen to come? Where had she lived? Who brought her,
+and how? Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's house and yard. Where was the
+strawberry patch? What did Offy plan to do to surprise her uncle? What
+happened? What did one of the men call Offy? What did her uncle do the
+next morning? How was Offy surprised? Of what use was the mirror? Tell
+how Offy gathered strawberries in the country. Where did the largest
+berries grow? Why did Sir Joshua Reynolds paint the rock in the picture?
+What did he say about this picture? What became of Offy? Why do you
+think Sir Joshua Reynolds liked to paint this little girl?
+
+
+=To the Teacher:= Illustrate the story of a little girl picking
+strawberries. Use charcoal and manila paper. Ask some child to pose
+for the picture, and encourage the children to draw a background that
+tells the story.
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= The great room or studio in which Sir Joshua
+Reynolds painted was a wonderful place for a child to visit. In it one
+could find all kinds of toys, as well as birds and other pets. Most of
+the children who came to see Sir Joshua were of very wealthy families,
+but he did not care for that. He always asked their mothers to please
+let them wear their oldest clothes so they could have a good time. In
+fact, he did not like fine clothes, and usually the children in his
+pictures are dressed so simply you cannot tell whether they are rich or
+poor. He played games with them and told them stories. They were always
+sure of a good time and so no wonder they liked to visit him.
+
+Many artists have been poor, and have had to work very hard just to
+earn enough to eat, but Sir Joshua was not one of these. He was
+fortunate in being able to sell all his pictures as fast as he could
+paint them and so always had plenty of money.
+
+Many strange stories are told of Joshua's father because he was such
+an absent-minded man. One day he rode to town on horseback. He was
+wearing high-topped boots which were so loose that one fell off while
+he was riding along. He did not notice it at all, for he was thinking
+of something else. But when he reached town and got off his horse he
+was very much surprised and embarrassed to find himself wearing only
+one boot.
+
+When Sir Joshua went to London to learn how to paint he wrote to his
+father, "While I am doing this, I am the happiest creature alive."
+After he had been away several years he met a young sailor, Admiral
+Keppel, who invited him to go on a long sail on the Mediterranean Sea.
+This was a great opportunity for Sir Joshua, and he was glad to go. He
+spent some time in Italy, and when he came home he painted a portrait
+of his friend, Admiral Keppel, which every one admired. It was this
+picture that first made him famous.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Tell about Sir Joshua Reynolds's studio.
+Why did children like to visit him? How did he wish them to dress?
+why? Tell about his father and the boot. Was Sir Joshua Reynolds rich
+or poor? When he was away from home, learning to paint, what did he
+write to his father? Tell about Admiral Keppel and his picture.
+
+
+
+
+THE RETURN TO THE FARM
+
+ =Original Picture:= The Louvre (l[=oo]'vr'), Paris, France.
+ =Artist:= Constant Troyon (trwae'yon'')
+ =Birthplace:= Sevres (Sa''vr'), France.
+ =Dates:= Born, 1810; died, 1865.
+
+
+=Questions to arouse interest.= What do you see in this picture? Where
+are the animals going? Where do you think they have been? Who is
+driving them? What time of day do you think it is? Do you think it is
+a warm or a cold day? why? Which is the leader of the sheep? Notice
+the knees of the animals. What do they show? Where is the donkey? Why
+does the dog seem so anxious? From what direction are the animals
+coming? See if you can find any two sheep just alike. What can you see
+in the distance? Where is the shady part in the picture? Do you like
+this picture?
+
+
+=The story of the picture.= It is at the close of day; the cows, the
+sheep, and the donkey have been out in the pasture all day, and when
+the dog and his master came for them they were ready to start for home.
+
+We can hardly see the man in the picture. He is walking along the
+river bank farther back. Perhaps he is walking slowly so as to give
+the cows time to wade out into that cool little pond, where they can
+drink and refresh themselves. But the dog feels that he must look
+after them, so he tries his best to keep them out of the water. That
+one dark cow has just about made up her mind to follow the others into
+the water, and the dog is barking at her, trying to persuade her not
+to go. The cow just leaving the water turns around to call the rest,
+half wishing to go back herself. When the man comes along they will
+know it is time for them to be on their way again.
+
+The dog has an anxious time of it, for he never knows when the sheep,
+too, may see a green field and start away from the road in spite of
+him. Even now one is looking away from the leader.
+
+The donkey seems to be following along very quietly. It may be that
+the man has stayed behind to look after him, or perhaps there are more
+cattle coming around the curve in the road, or stopping to rest in the
+deep shade of those heavy trees.
+
+This picture was painted in France, but it might well have been done
+in our own country, for we have all seen grass-covered, shady roads
+like this one, and just such a group of animals. Is it not strange
+that, although all the animals in the road are coming toward us, no
+two are in the same position?
+
+[Illustration: _The Return to the Farm_]
+
+The sun is steadily going down; soon all the animals will be at home,
+the cows will be milked, the sheep safe in the fold, and the donkey in
+his stall. Then the good old dog will be glad to have his supper and
+lie down and rest. It is wonderful how much a dog can help on a farm,
+and how many steps he saves the farmer by his willing, cheerful help.
+It is very unusual indeed to find a farmer without a dog.
+
+If you look at the long shadows on the road of the sheep and the cows
+you can tell easily in what direction they are going so late in the
+afternoon.
+
+Constant Troyon, the man who painted this picture, delighted in painting
+groups of animals coming toward us. No matter where we stand, so long
+as we can see them, they are coming to meet us. It makes us feel as if
+we must step aside and let them pass, they are so real.
+
+
+=Questions to help the pupil understand the picture.= Who goes after the
+cows and sheep? Where will they find them? Where is the man in the
+picture? Why do you suppose he is walking slowly? What does the dog
+think he must do? What is he trying to persuade that dark cow not to do?
+What does the cow which is just leaving the water seem to want to do?
+Why does the dog look so worried? Where was this picture painted? Where
+have you seen a road that looks like this? What will probably happen
+when these cows and sheep reach home? Of what use is the dog? Why do
+most farmers have a dog? How can a dog help his master in the city? In
+what direction are the cows and sheep going? What makes you think so?
+
+
+=The story of the artist.= When Constant Troyon was a little boy he
+used to love to go to visit his father at the big factory where all
+kinds of china and pottery were made. He liked to watch the men
+decorate the china, and as soon as he was old enough he went into the
+factory and learned how to do it himself. This was the way he first
+learned how to draw.
+
+He was not long content with china painting, however, and soon began
+painting large pictures of places he cared about near home. He would
+take his paints and search out just the place he liked to paint; then
+he would stay there all day long, as happy as could be.
+
+At first he painted just because he liked to, and did not try to paint
+pictures to sell or to please others, for he earned all the money he
+needed in the porcelain factory. After a while his friends persuaded
+him to exhibit his paintings so that all the people could see them,
+and when he did so he was amazed to find that every one admired them,
+and that he had become very popular.
+
+Of a powerful frame, he could be seen tramping about in all kinds of
+weather. He made friends wherever he went, for he was always
+good-natured and kind-hearted. People usually speak of him as a painter
+of cattle, but he painted quite as many pictures of sheep and dogs.
+
+
+=Questions about the artist.= Who painted this picture? What did he
+like to paint best? Where did Constant Troyon learn to draw? What was
+made at his father's factory? What did Troyon do when he was old
+enough? Where did he paint his large pictures? Why did he paint? How
+did people like his pictures? How did they like him? What other
+animals did he like to paint besides cattle?
+
+
+
+
+THE SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
+
+
+=Studying the picture.= Several days before the lesson is to be taken
+up, the picture to be studied should be placed where every pupil can
+see it.
+
+First of all, the children should find out for themselves what is in
+the picture. The questions accompanying the story of each picture are
+intended to help them to do this.
+
+
+=Language work.= The pupils should be encouraged in class to talk
+freely and naturally. In this way the lesson becomes a language
+exercise in which the pupils will gain in freedom of expression and in
+the ability to form clear mental images.
+
+If a lesson does not occupy the entire drawing period, the children
+should be asked to retell the story of the picture.
+
+
+=Dramatization and drawing.= Most of the stories told by the pictures
+lend themselves readily to dramatization and, whenever practicable,
+such stories should be acted out. The stories also offer numerous
+interesting situations that may be used as subjects for drawing lessons.
+
+
+=The review lesson.= The review lesson should cover all pictures and
+artists studied throughout the year. At this time other pictures
+available by the same artists should be on exhibition.
+
+The review work may be conducted as a contest in which the pictures
+are held up, one at a time, while the class writes the name of the
+picture and the artist on slips of paper which have been prepared and
+numbered for that purpose. One teacher who used this device surprised
+her class by presenting those whose lists were correct with their
+choice of any of the large-sized Perry pictures studied.
+
+Many teachers, however, will prefer to use this time for composition
+work, although the description of pictures is often given as an
+English lesson. Pupils may write a description of their favorite
+picture. In fact, the lessons can be made to correlate with history,
+geography, English, spelling, reading, or nature study.
+
+In any event the real purpose of the work is that the pupils shall
+become so familiar with the pictures that they will recognize them as
+old friends whenever and wherever they may see them.
+
+It is hoped that acquaintance with the picture and the interest
+awakened by its story will grow into a fuller appreciation and
+understanding of the artist's work. Thus the children will have many
+happy hours and will learn to love the good, the true, and the
+beautiful in everything about them.
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note:
+
+
+* Text enclosed between equal signs was in bold face in the original
+(=bold=).
+
+* Some words have accents of different weights. The heavier accent is
+marked double (''). (Example: bo'nur'')
+
+* Pg 21 Pronunciation guide for (zhaeN fraeN' swae' m[=e]l[)e]'')
+presents a Latin letter small capital "N", a voiced uvular nasal.
+
+* Pg 37 Emile Renouf (r[~e] n[=oo]f'') and Pg 51 Louvre (l[=oo]'vr')
+contains [=oo] representing a "long oo" sound not represented in any
+charts.
+
+* Pg 41 Changed "where" to "Where" in "How does he go? where?".]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Stories Pictures Tell, by Flora Carpenter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES PICTURES TELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32489.txt or 32489.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/4/8/32489/
+
+Produced by Larry B. Harrison and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/32489.zip b/32489.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcb41b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32489.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fefa706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #32489 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/32489)